22<li><b>NeighbourCellOffset</b>: Minimum offset between the serving and the best neighbour cell to trigger the handover. Expressed in quantized range of [0..34] as per Section 9.1.7 of 3GPP TS 36.133.
23 <ul>
24 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
30<li><b>ServingCellThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of the serving cell is worse than this threshold, neighbour cells are consider for handover. Expressed in quantized range of [0..34] as per Section 9.1.7 of 3GPP TS 36.133.
31 <ul>
32 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
167<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
168<ul>
169<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
170 <ul>
171 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
185<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
186 <ul>
187 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
201<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
202 <ul>
203 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
209<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
210 <ul>
211 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
215 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
216 </ul>
217<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
218 <ul>
219 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
233<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
234 <ul>
235 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
241<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
242 <ul>
243 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
244 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
340<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
341<ul>
342<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
343 <ul>
344 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
358<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
359 <ul>
360 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
374<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
375 <ul>
376 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
382<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
383 <ul>
384 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
388 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
389 </ul>
390<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
391 <ul>
392 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
406<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
407 <ul>
408 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
414<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
415 <ul>
416 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
417 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
521<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiMac</h3>
522<ul>
523<li><b>BE_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BE. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
524 <ul>
525 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
531<li><b>BE_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BE queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
532 <ul>
533 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
539<li><b>BE_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
540 <ul>
541 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
547<li><b>BE_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
548 <ul>
549 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
563<li><b>BK_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BK. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
564 <ul>
565 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
571<li><b>BK_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BK queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
572 <ul>
573 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
579<li><b>BK_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
580 <ul>
581 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
587<li><b>BK_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
588 <ul>
589 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
625<li><b>FrameRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame that are made before a failure condition is indicated. This corresponds to the dot11ShortRetryLimit parameter in the standard.
626 <ul>
627 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
633<li><b>MpduBufferSize</b>: The size (in number of MPDUs) of the buffer used for each BlockAck agreement in which this node is a recipient. The provided value is capped to the maximum allowed value based on the supported standard.
634 <ul>
635 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
649<li><b>RobustAVStreamingSupported</b>: Whether or not Robust Audio Video Streaming is supported (only allowed for AP STAs or non-AP that are HT capable).
650 <ul>
651 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
681<li><b>VI_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VI. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
682 <ul>
683 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
689<li><b>VI_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VI queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
690 <ul>
691 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
697<li><b>VI_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
698 <ul>
699 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
705<li><b>VI_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
706 <ul>
707 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
721<li><b>VO_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VO. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
722 <ul>
723 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
729<li><b>VO_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VO queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
730 <ul>
731 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
737<li><b>VO_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
738 <ul>
739 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
745<li><b>VO_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
746 <ul>
747 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
775<li><b>IcfDropReason</b>: An ICF is dropped by an EMLSR client for the given reason on the link with the given ID. This trace source is actually fed by the EHT Frame Exchange Manager through the m_icfDropCallback member variable.<br> <ul>
780<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
785<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
795<li><b>MacTx</b>: A packet has been received by the WifiNetDevice and is about to be enqueued; it has a LlcSnapHeader prepended but not yet a WifiMacHeader.<br> <ul>
800<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission. This trace source is fired, e.g., when an AP's MAC receives from the upper layer a packet destined to a station that is not associated with the AP or a STA's MAC receives a packet from the upper layer while it is not associated with any AP.<br> <ul>
805<li><b>MpduResponseTimeout</b>: An MPDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the MPDU. This trace source is fired when a CTS is missing after an RTS, when all CTS frames are missing after an MU-RTS, or when a Normal Ack is missing after an MPDU or after a DL MU PPDU acknowledged in SU format.<br> <ul>
815<li><b>PsduMapResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU map for which not all the responses were received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason), the set of MAC addresses of the stations that did not respond and the total number of stations that had to respond. This trace source is fired when not all the addressed stations responded to an MU-BAR Trigger frame (either sent as a SU frame or aggregated to PSDUs in the DL MU PPDU), a Basic Trigger Frame or a BSRP Trigger Frame.<br> <ul>
820<li><b>PsduResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the PSDU. This trace source is fired when a BlockAck is missing after an A-MPDU, a BlockAckReq (possibly in the context of the acknowledgment of a DL MU PPDU in SU format) or a TB PPDU (in the latter case the missing BlockAck is a Multi-STA BlockAck).<br> <ul>
828<b>Size</b> of this type is 776 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
829*/
830
831/*!
832
833\class ns3::AdvancedApEmlsrManager
834
835Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
836<h3>Attributes</h3>
837<ul>
838<li><b>EarlySwitchToListening</b>: Whether the AP MLD assumes that an EMLSR client is able to detect at the end of the MAC header that a PSDU is not addressed to it and immediately starts switching to listening mode.
839 <ul>
840 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
846<li><b>ReportFailedIcf</b>: Whether the AP MLD shall report an ICF failure to the remote station manager when all the clients solicited by the MU-RTS are EMLSR clients that have sent (or are sending) a frame to the AP on another link.
847 <ul>
848 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
854<li><b>UpdateCwAfterFailedIcf</b>: Whether the AP MLD shall double the CW upon CTS timeout after an MU-RTS in case all the clients solicited by the MU-RTS are EMLSR clients that have sent (or are sending) a frame to the AP on another link.
855 <ul>
856 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
870<li><b>WaitTransDelayOnPsduRxError</b>: If true, the AP MLD waits for a response timeout after a PSDU reception error before starting the transition delay for the EMLSR client that sent the failed PSDU. Otherwise, the AP MLD does not start the transition delay timer for the EMLSR client that sent the failed PSDU.
871 <ul>
872 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
882<b>Size</b> of this type is 120 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
883*/
884
885/*!
886
887\class ns3::AdvancedEmlsrManager
888
889Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
890<h3>Attributes</h3>
891<ul>
892<li><b>AllowUlTxopInRx</b>: Whether a (main or aux) PHY is allowed to start an UL TXOP if another PHY is receiving a PPDU (possibly starting a DL TXOP). If this attribute is true, the PPDU may be dropped.
893 <ul>
894 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
908<li><b>SwitchMainPhyBackDelay</b>: Duration of the timer started in case of non-TX capable aux PHY (that does not switch link) when medium is sensed busy during the PIFS interval preceding/following the main PHY switch end. When the timer expires, the main PHY is switched back to the preferred link.
909 <ul>
910 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
911 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
916<li><b>UseAuxPhyCca</b>: Whether the CCA performed in the last PIFS interval by a non-TX capable aux PHY should be used when the main PHY ends switching to the aux PHY's link to determine whether TX can start or not (and what bandwidth can be used for transmission) independently of whether the aux PHY bandwidth is smaller than the main PHY bandwidth or not.
917 <ul>
918 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
925<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::DefaultEmlsrManager</h3>
926<ul>
927<li><b>SwitchAuxPhy</b>: Whether Aux PHY should switch channel to operate on the link on which the Main PHY was operating before moving to the link of the Aux PHY. Note that, if the Aux PHY does not switch channel, the main PHY will switch back to its previous link once the TXOP terminates (otherwise, no PHY will be listening on that EMLSR link).
928 <ul>
929 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
936<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::EmlsrManager</h3>
937<ul>
938<li><b>AuxPhyChannelWidth</b>: The maximum channel width (MHz) supported by Aux PHYs. Note that the maximum channel width is capped to the maximum channel width supported by the configured maximum modulation class supported.
939 <ul>
940 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
986<li><b>InDeviceInterference</b>: Whether in-device interference is such that a PHY cannot decode anything and cannot decrease the backoff counter when another PHY of the same device is transmitting.
987 <ul>
988 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
994<li><b>MainPhyId</b>: The ID of the main PHY (position in the vector of PHYs held by WifiNetDevice). This attribute cannot be set after construction.
995 <ul>
996 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1002<li><b>PutAuxPhyToSleep</b>: Whether Aux PHYs should be put into sleep mode while the Main PHY is carrying out a (DL or UL) TXOP. Specifically, for DL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep after receiving the ICF; for UL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep when the CTS frame is received, if RTS/CTS is used, or when the transmission of the data frame starts, otherwise. Aux PHYs are resumed from sleep when the TXOP ends.
1003 <ul>
1004 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
1010<li><b>ResetCamState</b>: Whether to reset the state of the ChannelAccessManager associated with the link on which the main PHY has just switched to.
1011 <ul>
1012 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
1027No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
1028<h3>TraceSources defined in parent class ns3::EmlsrManager</h3>
1029<ul>
1030<li><b>MainPhySwitch</b>: This trace source is fired when the main PHY switches channel to operate on another link. Information associated with the main PHY switch is provided through a struct that is inherited from struct EmlsrMainPhySwitchTrace (use the GetName() method to get the type of the provided object).<br> <ul>
1100<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
1105<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
1216<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
1217<ul>
1218<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
1219 <ul>
1220 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1234<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1235 <ul>
1236 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1250<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
1251 <ul>
1252 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
1258<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1259 <ul>
1260 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1264 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
1265 </ul>
1266<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1267 <ul>
1268 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1282<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1283 <ul>
1284 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1290<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
1291 <ul>
1292 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
1293 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
1419<li><b>DeletePeriod</b>: DeletePeriod is intended to provide an upper bound on the time for which an upstream node A can have a neighbor B as an active next hop for destination D, while B has invalidated the route to D. = 5 * max (HelloInterval, ActiveRouteTimeout)
1420 <ul>
1421 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
1422 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
1515<li><b>NodeTraversalTime</b>: Conservative estimate of the average one hop traversal time for packets and should include queuing delays, interrupt processing times and transfer times.
1516 <ul>
1517 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
1518 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
1728<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
1729<ul>
1730<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
1731 <ul>
1732 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1746<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1747 <ul>
1748 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1762<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
1763 <ul>
1764 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
1770<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1771 <ul>
1772 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1776 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
1777 </ul>
1778<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1779 <ul>
1780 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1794<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
1795 <ul>
1796 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
1802<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
1803 <ul>
1804 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
1805 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
1973<li><b>AifsnsForSta</b>: The AIFSN values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the AIFSN values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 3,3,3; VI 2,2,2" defines the AIFSN values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.
1974 <ul>
1975 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39PairValueINS_9EnumValueINS_7AcIndexEEENS_23AttributeContainerValueINS_13UintegerValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9PairValueINS1_9EnumValueINS1_7AcIndexEEENS1_23AttributeContainerValueINS1_13UintegerValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEEEESaISC_EEE></li>
1997<li><b>BeaconJitter</b>: A uniform random variable to cause the initial beacon starting time (after simulation time 0) to be distributed between 0 and the BeaconInterval.
1998 <ul>
1999 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
2013<li><b>CwMaxsForSta</b>: The CW max values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the CW max values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 31,31,31; VI 15,15,15" defines the CW max values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.
2014 <ul>
2015 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39PairValueINS_9EnumValueINS_7AcIndexEEENS_23AttributeContainerValueINS_13UintegerValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9PairValueINS1_9EnumValueINS1_7AcIndexEEENS1_23AttributeContainerValueINS1_13UintegerValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEEEESaISC_EEE></li>
2021<li><b>CwMinsForSta</b>: The CW min values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the CW min values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 31,31,31; VI 15,15,15" defines the CW min values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.
2022 <ul>
2023 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39PairValueINS_9EnumValueINS_7AcIndexEEENS_23AttributeContainerValueINS_13UintegerValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9PairValueINS1_9EnumValueINS1_7AcIndexEEENS1_23AttributeContainerValueINS1_13UintegerValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEEEESaISC_EEE></li>
2037<li><b>EnableNonErpProtection</b>: Whether or not protection mechanism should be used when non-ERP STAs are present within the BSS.This parameter is only used when ERP is supported by the AP.
2038 <ul>
2039 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
2045<li><b>FdBeaconInterval6GHz</b>: Time between a Beacon frame and a FILS Discovery (FD) frame or between two FD frames to be sent on a 6GHz link. A value of zero disables the transmission of FD frames.
2046 <ul>
2047 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
2048 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
2053<li><b>FdBeaconIntervalNon6GHz</b>: Time between a Beacon frame and a FILS Discovery (FD) frame or between two FD frames to be sent on a non-6GHz link. A value of zero disables the transmission of FD frames.
2054 <ul>
2055 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
2056 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
2077<li><b>TxopLimitsForSta</b>: The TXOP limit values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the TXOP limit values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 3200us,3200us,3200us; VI 2400us,2400us,2400us" defines the TXOP limit values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.
2078 <ul>
2079 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39PairValueINS_9EnumValueINS_7AcIndexEEENS_23AttributeContainerValueINS_9TimeValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9PairValueINS1_9EnumValueINS1_7AcIndexEEENS1_23AttributeContainerValueINS1_9TimeValueELc44ESt6vectorEEEEEESaISC_EEE></li>
2086<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiMac</h3>
2087<ul>
2088<li><b>BE_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BE. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
2089 <ul>
2090 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2096<li><b>BE_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BE queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
2097 <ul>
2098 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2104<li><b>BE_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2105 <ul>
2106 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2112<li><b>BE_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2113 <ul>
2114 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2128<li><b>BK_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BK. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
2129 <ul>
2130 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2136<li><b>BK_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BK queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
2137 <ul>
2138 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2144<li><b>BK_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2145 <ul>
2146 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2152<li><b>BK_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2153 <ul>
2154 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2190<li><b>FrameRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame that are made before a failure condition is indicated. This corresponds to the dot11ShortRetryLimit parameter in the standard.
2191 <ul>
2192 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2198<li><b>MpduBufferSize</b>: The size (in number of MPDUs) of the buffer used for each BlockAck agreement in which this node is a recipient. The provided value is capped to the maximum allowed value based on the supported standard.
2199 <ul>
2200 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2214<li><b>RobustAVStreamingSupported</b>: Whether or not Robust Audio Video Streaming is supported (only allowed for AP STAs or non-AP that are HT capable).
2215 <ul>
2216 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
2246<li><b>VI_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VI. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
2247 <ul>
2248 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2254<li><b>VI_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VI queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
2255 <ul>
2256 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2262<li><b>VI_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2263 <ul>
2264 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2270<li><b>VI_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2271 <ul>
2272 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2286<li><b>VO_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VO. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
2287 <ul>
2288 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2294<li><b>VO_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VO queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
2295 <ul>
2296 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2302<li><b>VO_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2303 <ul>
2304 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2310<li><b>VO_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
2311 <ul>
2312 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2352<li><b>IcfDropReason</b>: An ICF is dropped by an EMLSR client for the given reason on the link with the given ID. This trace source is actually fed by the EHT Frame Exchange Manager through the m_icfDropCallback member variable.<br> <ul>
2357<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
2362<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
2372<li><b>MacTx</b>: A packet has been received by the WifiNetDevice and is about to be enqueued; it has a LlcSnapHeader prepended but not yet a WifiMacHeader.<br> <ul>
2377<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission. This trace source is fired, e.g., when an AP's MAC receives from the upper layer a packet destined to a station that is not associated with the AP or a STA's MAC receives a packet from the upper layer while it is not associated with any AP.<br> <ul>
2382<li><b>MpduResponseTimeout</b>: An MPDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the MPDU. This trace source is fired when a CTS is missing after an RTS, when all CTS frames are missing after an MU-RTS, or when a Normal Ack is missing after an MPDU or after a DL MU PPDU acknowledged in SU format.<br> <ul>
2392<li><b>PsduMapResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU map for which not all the responses were received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason), the set of MAC addresses of the stations that did not respond and the total number of stations that had to respond. This trace source is fired when not all the addressed stations responded to an MU-BAR Trigger frame (either sent as a SU frame or aggregated to PSDUs in the DL MU PPDU), a Basic Trigger Frame or a BSRP Trigger Frame.<br> <ul>
2397<li><b>PsduResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the PSDU. This trace source is fired when a BlockAck is missing after an A-MPDU, a BlockAckReq (possibly in the context of the acknowledgment of a DL MU PPDU in SU format) or a TB PPDU (in the latter case the missing BlockAck is a Multi-STA BlockAck).<br> <ul>
2438<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
2439<ul>
2440<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
2441 <ul>
2442 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2456<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
2457 <ul>
2458 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2472<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
2473 <ul>
2474 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
2480<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
2481 <ul>
2482 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2486 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
2487 </ul>
2488<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
2489 <ul>
2490 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2504<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
2505 <ul>
2506 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
2512<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
2513 <ul>
2514 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
2515 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
2602<li><b>WaitReplyTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, the cache entries will be scanned and entries in WaitReply state will resend ArpRequest unless MaxRetries has been exceeded, in which case the entry is marked dead
2603 <ul>
2604 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
2605 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
2655<li><b>RequestJitter</b>: The jitter in ms a node is allowed to wait before sending an ARP request. Some jitter aims to prevent collisions. By default, the model will wait for a duration in ms defined by a uniform random-variable between 0 and RequestJitter
2656 <ul>
2657 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
2951<li><b>BSPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
2956<li><b>BSRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
3085<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
3086 <ul>
3087 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
3229<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
3230 <ul>
3231 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
3670<li><b>MaxBytes</b>: The total number of bytes to send. Once these bytes are sent, no data is sent again. The value zero means that there is no limit.
3671 <ul>
3672 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
3908<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
3909<ul>
3910<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
3911 <ul>
3912 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
3926<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
3927 <ul>
3928 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
3942<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
3943 <ul>
3944 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
3950<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
3951 <ul>
3952 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
3956 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
3957 </ul>
3958<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
3959 <ul>
3960 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
3974<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
3975 <ul>
3976 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
3982<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
3983 <ul>
3984 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
3985 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
4050<li><b>NumberOfComponentCarriers</b>: Set the number of Component Carriers to setup per eNodeBCurrently the maximum Number of Component Carriers allowed is 2
4051 <ul>
4052 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
4119<li><b>GenerateBackoffIfTxopWithoutTx</b>: Specify whether the backoff should be invoked when the AC gains the right to start a TXOP but it does not transmit any frame (e.g., due to constraints associated with EMLSR operations), provided that the queue is not actually empty.
4120 <ul>
4121 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4127<li><b>NSlotsLeft</b>: Fire the NSlotsLeftAlert trace source when the backoff counter with the minimum value among all ACs reaches this value or it is started with a value less than this attribute. If this value is zero, the trace source is never fired.
4128 <ul>
4129 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
4135<li><b>ProactiveBackoff</b>: Specify whether a new backoff value is generated when a CCA busy period starts, the backoff counter is zero and the station is not a TXOP holder. This is useful to generate a new backoff value when, e.g., the backoff counter reaches zero, the station does not transmit and subsequently the medium becomes busy.
4136 <ul>
4137 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4146<li><b>NSlotsLeftAlert</b>: The backoff counter of the AC with the given index reached the threshold set through the NSlotsLeft attribute.<br> <ul>
4684<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.
4685 <ul>
4686 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4708<li><b>PrimaryCarrier</b>: If true, this Carrier Component will be the Primary Carrier Component (PCC) Only one PCC per eNodeB is (currently) allowed
4709 <ul>
4710 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4753<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.
4754 <ul>
4755 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4777<li><b>PrimaryCarrier</b>: If true, this Carrier Component will be the Primary Carrier Component (PCC) Only one PCC per eNodeB is (currently) allowed
4778 <ul>
4779 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4862<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.
4863 <ul>
4864 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4886<li><b>PrimaryCarrier</b>: If true, this Carrier Component will be the Primary Carrier Component (PCC) Only one PCC per eNodeB is (currently) allowed
4887 <ul>
4888 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4955<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.
4956 <ul>
4957 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
4979<li><b>PrimaryCarrier</b>: If true, this Carrier Component will be the Primary Carrier Component (PCC) Only one PCC per eNodeB is (currently) allowed
4980 <ul>
4981 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
5045 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: OBSOLETE since ns-3.43 as it is no longer needed; deprecated attributes are saved only if their value differs from their respective original initial value</li>
5046 </ul>
5047</ul>
5048No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
5049<b>Group:</b> ConfigStore
5050
5051<b>Size</b> of this type is 64 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
5052*/
5053
5054/*!
5055
5056\class ns3::ConnectionManager
5057
5058<h3>Config Paths</h3>
5059
5060ns3::ConnectionManager is accessible through the following paths with Config::Set and Config::Connect:
5308<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
5309 <ul>
5310 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
5353<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
5354<ul>
5355<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
5356 <ul>
5357 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
5371<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
5372 <ul>
5373 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
5387<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
5388 <ul>
5389 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
5395<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
5396 <ul>
5397 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
5401 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
5402 </ul>
5403<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
5404 <ul>
5405 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
5419<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
5420 <ul>
5421 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
5427<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
5428 <ul>
5429 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
5430 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
5501<li><b>Speed</b>: The propagation speed (m/s) in the propagation medium being considered. The default value is the propagation speed of light in the vacuum.
5502 <ul>
5503 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
5862<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
5867<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
5988No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
5989<b>Group:</b> Stats
5990
5991<b>Size</b> of this type is 88 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
5992*/
5993
5994/*!
5995
5996\class ns3::Dcd
5997
5998Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
5999No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
6000No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
6001<b>Group:</b> Wimax
6002
6003<b>Size</b> of this type is 80 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
6004*/
6005
6006/*!
6007
6008\class ns3::DefaultApEmlsrManager
6009
6010Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
6011No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
6012No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
6013<b>Group:</b> Wifi
6014
6015<b>Size</b> of this type is 64 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
6016*/
6017
6018/*!
6019
6020\class ns3::DefaultEmlsrManager
6021
6022Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
6023<h3>Attributes</h3>
6024<ul>
6025<li><b>SwitchAuxPhy</b>: Whether Aux PHY should switch channel to operate on the link on which the Main PHY was operating before moving to the link of the Aux PHY. Note that, if the Aux PHY does not switch channel, the main PHY will switch back to its previous link once the TXOP terminates (otherwise, no PHY will be listening on that EMLSR link).
6026 <ul>
6027 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
6034<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::EmlsrManager</h3>
6035<ul>
6036<li><b>AuxPhyChannelWidth</b>: The maximum channel width (MHz) supported by Aux PHYs. Note that the maximum channel width is capped to the maximum channel width supported by the configured maximum modulation class supported.
6037 <ul>
6038 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
6076<li><b>EmlsrTransitionDelay</b>: The EMLSR Transition Delay (not used by AP MLDs). Possible values are 0 us, 16 us, 32 us, 64 us, 128 us or 256 us.
6077 <ul>
6078 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
6079 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+256000ns</li>
6084<li><b>InDeviceInterference</b>: Whether in-device interference is such that a PHY cannot decode anything and cannot decrease the backoff counter when another PHY of the same device is transmitting.
6085 <ul>
6086 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
6092<li><b>MainPhyId</b>: The ID of the main PHY (position in the vector of PHYs held by WifiNetDevice). This attribute cannot be set after construction.
6093 <ul>
6094 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
6100<li><b>PutAuxPhyToSleep</b>: Whether Aux PHYs should be put into sleep mode while the Main PHY is carrying out a (DL or UL) TXOP. Specifically, for DL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep after receiving the ICF; for UL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep when the CTS frame is received, if RTS/CTS is used, or when the transmission of the data frame starts, otherwise. Aux PHYs are resumed from sleep when the TXOP ends.
6101 <ul>
6102 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
6108<li><b>ResetCamState</b>: Whether to reset the state of the ChannelAccessManager associated with the link on which the main PHY has just switched to.
6109 <ul>
6110 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
6125No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
6126<h3>TraceSources defined in parent class ns3::EmlsrManager</h3>
6127<ul>
6128<li><b>MainPhySwitch</b>: This trace source is fired when the main PHY switches channel to operate on another link. Information associated with the main PHY switch is provided through a struct that is inherited from struct EmlsrMainPhySwitchTrace (use the GetName() method to get the type of the provided object).<br> <ul>
6231<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
6232 <ul>
6233 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
8171<li><b>EmlsrActivated</b>: Whether EMLSR option is activated. If activated, EMLSR mode can be enabled on the EMLSR links by an installed EMLSR Manager.
8172 <ul>
8173 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
8179<li><b>MediumSyncDuration</b>: The duration of the MediumSyncDelay timer (must be a multiple of 32 us). The value of this attribute is only used by AP MLDs with EMLSR activated.
8180 <ul>
8181 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
8182 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+8.16e+06ns</li>
8187<li><b>MsdMaxNTxops</b>: Maximum number of TXOPs that an EMLSR client is allowed to attempt to initiate while the MediumSyncDelay timer is running (zero indicates no limit). The value of this attribute is only used by AP MLDs with EMLSR activated.
8188 <ul>
8189 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
8195<li><b>MsdOfdmEdThreshold</b>: Threshold (dBm) to be used instead of the normal CCA sensitivity for the primary 20 MHz channel if the MediumSyncDelay timer has a nonzero value. The value of this attribute is only used by AP MLDs with EMLSR activated.
8196 <ul>
8197 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
8203<li><b>TidToLinkMappingDl</b>: A list-of-TIDs-indexed map of the list of links where the TIDs are mapped to for the downlink direction. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the (TID list, link list) pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the TID list and the link list are separated by a blank space, and the elements of each list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g., "0,4 1,2,3; 1 0;2 0,1" means that TIDs 0 and 4 are mapped on links 1, 2 and 3; TID 1 is mapped on link 0 and TID 2 is mapped on links 0 and 1. An empty map indicates the default mapping, i.e., all TIDs are mapped to all setup links. If the map contains the mapping for some TID(s), the mapping corresponding to the missing TID(s) remains unchanged. A non-AP MLD includes this mapping in the Association Request frame sent to an AP MLD, unless the AP MLD advertises a negotiation support of 1 and this mapping is such that TIDs are mapped to distinct link sets, in which case the default mapping is included.
8204 <ul>
8205 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39PairValueINS_23AttributeContainerValueINS_13UintegerValueELc44ENSt7__cxx114listEEES5_EE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9PairValueINS1_23AttributeContainerValueINS1_13UintegerValueELc44ES0_EES6_EEEESaIS8_EEE></li>
8219<li><b>TidToLinkMappingUl</b>: A list-of-TIDs-indexed map of the list of links where the TIDs are mapped to for the uplink direction. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the (TID list, link list) pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the TID list and the link list are separated by a blank space, and the elements of each list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g., "0,4 1,2,3; 1 0;2 0,1" means that TIDs 0 and 4 are mapped on links 1, 2 and 3; TID 1 is mapped on link 0 and TID 2 is mapped on links 0 and 1. An empty map indicates the default mapping, i.e., all TIDs are mapped to all setup links. If the map contains the mapping for some TID(s), the mapping corresponding to the missing TID(s) remains unchanged. A non-AP MLD includes this mapping in the Association Request frame sent to an AP MLD, unless the AP MLD advertises a negotiation support of 1 and this mapping is such that TIDs are mapped to distinct link sets, in which case the default mapping is included.
8220 <ul>
8221 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39PairValueINS_23AttributeContainerValueINS_13UintegerValueELc44ENSt7__cxx114listEEES5_EE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9PairValueINS1_23AttributeContainerValueINS1_13UintegerValueELc44ES0_EES6_EEEESaIS8_EEE></li>
8268<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::HeFrameExchangeManager</h3>
8269<ul>
8270<li><b>ContinueTxopAfterBsrp</b>: Whether to continue a TXOP a SIFS after the reception of responses to a BSRP Trigger Frame when TXOP limit is zero.
8271 <ul>
8272 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
8298<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::FrameExchangeManager</h3>
8299<ul>
8300<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.
8301 <ul>
8302 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
8309No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
8310<b>Group:</b> Wifi
8311
8312<b>Size</b> of this type is 2584 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
8313*/
8314
8315/*!
8316
8317\class ns3::EmlsrManager
8318
8319Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
8320<h3>Attributes</h3>
8321<ul>
8322<li><b>AuxPhyChannelWidth</b>: The maximum channel width (MHz) supported by Aux PHYs. Note that the maximum channel width is capped to the maximum channel width supported by the configured maximum modulation class supported.
8323 <ul>
8324 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
8362<li><b>EmlsrTransitionDelay</b>: The EMLSR Transition Delay (not used by AP MLDs). Possible values are 0 us, 16 us, 32 us, 64 us, 128 us or 256 us.
8363 <ul>
8364 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
8365 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+256000ns</li>
8370<li><b>InDeviceInterference</b>: Whether in-device interference is such that a PHY cannot decode anything and cannot decrease the backoff counter when another PHY of the same device is transmitting.
8371 <ul>
8372 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
8378<li><b>MainPhyId</b>: The ID of the main PHY (position in the vector of PHYs held by WifiNetDevice). This attribute cannot be set after construction.
8379 <ul>
8380 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
8386<li><b>PutAuxPhyToSleep</b>: Whether Aux PHYs should be put into sleep mode while the Main PHY is carrying out a (DL or UL) TXOP. Specifically, for DL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep after receiving the ICF; for UL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep when the CTS frame is received, if RTS/CTS is used, or when the transmission of the data frame starts, otherwise. Aux PHYs are resumed from sleep when the TXOP ends.
8387 <ul>
8388 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
8394<li><b>ResetCamState</b>: Whether to reset the state of the ChannelAccessManager associated with the link on which the main PHY has just switched to.
8395 <ul>
8396 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
8413<li><b>MainPhySwitch</b>: This trace source is fired when the main PHY switches channel to operate on another link. Information associated with the main PHY switch is provided through a struct that is inherited from struct EmlsrMainPhySwitchTrace (use the GetName() method to get the type of the provided object).<br> <ul>
8514<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
8515 <ul>
8516 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
8569No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
8570<b>Group:</b> Lte
8571
8572<b>Size</b> of this type is 608 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
8573*/
8574
8575/*!
8576
8577\class ns3::energy::BasicEnergyHarvester
8578
8579Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
8580<h3>Attributes</h3>
8581<ul>
8582<li><b>HarvestablePower</b>: The harvestable power [Watts] that the energy harvester is allowed to harvest. By default, the model will allow to harvest an amount of power defined by a uniformly distributed random variable in 0 and 2.0 Watts
8583 <ul>
8584 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
8590<li><b>PeriodicHarvestedPowerUpdateInterval</b>: Time between two consecutive periodic updates of the harvested power. By default, the value is updated every 1 s
8591 <ul>
8592 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
8593 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
9172Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9173No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9174No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9175<b>Group:</b> Lte
9176
9177<b>Size</b> of this type is 24 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9178*/
9179
9180/*!
9181
9182\class ns3::EpcX2HandoverRequestAckHeader
9183
9184Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9185No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9186No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9187<b>Group:</b> Lte
9188
9189<b>Size</b> of this type is 72 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9190*/
9191
9192/*!
9193
9194\class ns3::EpcX2HandoverRequestHeader
9195
9196Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9197No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9198No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9199<b>Group:</b> Lte
9200
9201<b>Size</b> of this type is 72 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9202*/
9203
9204/*!
9205
9206\class ns3::EpcX2Header
9207
9208Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9209No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9210No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9211<b>Group:</b> Lte
9212
9213<b>Size</b> of this type is 24 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9214*/
9215
9216/*!
9217
9218\class ns3::EpcX2LoadInformationHeader
9219
9220Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9221No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9222No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9223<b>Group:</b> Lte
9224
9225<b>Size</b> of this type is 40 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9226*/
9227
9228/*!
9229
9230\class ns3::EpcX2ResourceStatusUpdateHeader
9231
9232Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9233No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9234No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9235<b>Group:</b> Lte
9236
9237<b>Size</b> of this type is 48 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9238*/
9239
9240/*!
9241
9242\class ns3::EpcX2SnStatusTransferHeader
9243
9244Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9245No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9246No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9247<b>Group:</b> Lte
9248
9249<b>Size</b> of this type is 48 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9250*/
9251
9252/*!
9253
9254\class ns3::EpcX2UeContextReleaseHeader
9255
9256Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9257No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
9258No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
9259<b>Group:</b> Lte
9260
9261<b>Size</b> of this type is 24 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
9262*/
9263
9264/*!
9265
9266\class ns3::EpsBearer
9267
9268Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
9269<h3>Attributes</h3>
9270<ul>
9271<li><b>Release</b>: Change from 11 to 18 if you need bearer definition as per newer Releases. Reference document: TS 23.203. The change does not impact other LTE code than bearers definition.
9272 <ul>
9273 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
9419<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
9420 <ul>
9421 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
9643<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
9644 <ul>
9645 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
9818<li><b>RxQueueSize</b>: Maximum size of the read queue. This value limits number of packets that have been read from the network into a memory buffer but have not yet been processed by the simulator.
9819 <ul>
9820 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
9845<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
9850<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
10340<li><b>MaxPerHopDelay</b>: The maximum per-hop delay that should be considered. Packets still not received after this delay are to be considered lost.
10341 <ul>
10342 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
10343 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
11165<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.
11166 <ul>
11167 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
11346<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
11347 <ul>
11348 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
11513<li><b>UnsolicitedRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame delivered using the GCR unsolicited retry retransmission policy.
11514 <ul>
11515 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
11935<li><b>BeMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by BE EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms. 0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.
11936 <ul>
11937 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
11938 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+2.08896e+09ns</li>
11943<li><b>BkMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by BK EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms.0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.
11944 <ul>
11945 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
11946 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+2.08896e+09ns</li>
11959<li><b>GuardInterval</b>: Specify the shortest guard interval duration that can be used for HE transmissions.Possible values are 800ns, 1600ns or 3200ns.
11960 <ul>
11961 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
11962 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +800ns:+3200ns</li>
11967<li><b>MaxTbPpduDelay</b>: If positive, the value of this attribute specifies the maximum delay with which a TB PPDU can be received after the reception of the first TB PPDU. If the delay is higher than this value, the TB PPDU is dropped and considered interference. The maximum delay is anyway capped at the duration of the training fields in the PPDU. This attribute is only valid for APs.
11968 <ul>
11969 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
11970 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
12071<li><b>ViMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by VI EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms.0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.
12072 <ul>
12073 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
12074 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+2.08896e+09ns</li>
12079<li><b>VoMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by VO EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms.0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.
12080 <ul>
12081 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
12082 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+2.08896e+09ns</li>
12113<li><b>ContinueTxopAfterBsrp</b>: Whether to continue a TXOP a SIFS after the reception of responses to a BSRP Trigger Frame when TXOP limit is zero.
12114 <ul>
12115 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
12141<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::FrameExchangeManager</h3>
12142<ul>
12143<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.
12144 <ul>
12145 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
12292<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::FrameExchangeManager</h3>
12293<ul>
12294<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.
12295 <ul>
12296 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
12604<li><b>RsMaxRetransmissionCount</b>: Multicast RS maximum retransmission count (0 means unbound). Note: RFC 7559 suggest a zero value (infinite). The default is 4 to avoid non-terminating simulations.
12605 <ul>
12606 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
12636<li><b>SolicitationJitter</b>: The jitter in ms a node is allowed to wait before sending any solicitation. Some jitter aims to prevent collisions. By default, the model will wait for a duration in ms defined by a uniform random-variable between 0 and SolicitationJitter
12637 <ul>
12638 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
12851<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
12852<ul>
12853<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
12854 <ul>
12855 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
12869<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
12870 <ul>
12871 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
12885<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
12886 <ul>
12887 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
12893<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
12894 <ul>
12895 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
12899 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
12900 </ul>
12901<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
12902 <ul>
12903 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
12917<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
12918 <ul>
12919 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
12925<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
12926 <ul>
12927 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
12928 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
13094<li><b>RespondToInterfaceEvents</b>: Set to true if you want to dynamically recompute the global routes upon Interface notification events (up/down, or add/remove address)
13095 <ul>
13096 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
14695<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
14696 <ul>
14697 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
14808<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
14809 <ul>
14810 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
15082<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
15083 <ul>
15084 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
15209<li><b>MacIndTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped from the indirect transaction queue(The pending transaction list)<br> <ul>
15224<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
15229<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
15401<li><b>PostReceptionErrorModel</b>: An optional packet error model can be added to the receive packet process after any propagation-based (SNR-based) error models have been applied. Typically this is used to force specific packet drops, for testing purposes.
15402 <ul>
15403 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
15636<li><b>RaResponseWindowSize</b>: length of the window (in TTIs) for the reception of the random access response (RAR); the resulting RAR timeout is this value + 3 ms
15637 <ul>
15638 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
15699<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.
15700 <ul>
15701 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
15823<li><b>MacToChannelDelay</b>: The delay in TTI units that occurs between a scheduling decision in the MAC and the actual start of the transmission by the PHY. This is intended to be used to model the latency of real PHY and MAC implementations.
15824 <ul>
15825 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
15831<li><b>NoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0." In this model, we consider T0 = 290K.
15832 <ul>
15833 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
15923<li><b>ConnectionRequestTimeoutDuration</b>: After a RA attempt, if no RRC CONNECTION REQUEST is received before this time, the UE context is destroyed. Must account for reception of RAR and transmission of RRC CONNECTION REQUEST over UL GRANT. The value of thistimer should not be greater than T300 timer at UE RRC
15924 <ul>
15925 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
15926 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +1e+06ns:+1.5e+07ns</li>
15931<li><b>ConnectionSetupTimeoutDuration</b>: After accepting connection request, if no RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE is received before this time, the UE context is destroyed. Must account for the UE's reception of RRC CONNECTION SETUP and transmission of RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE.
15932 <ul>
15933 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
15934 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
15955<li><b>HandoverJoiningTimeoutDuration</b>: After accepting a handover request, if no RRC CONNECTION RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE is received before this time, the UE context is destroyed. Must account for reception of X2 HO REQ ACK by source eNB, transmission of the Handover Command, non-contention-based random access and reception of the RRC CONNECTION RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message.
15956 <ul>
15957 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
15958 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
15963<li><b>HandoverLeavingTimeoutDuration</b>: After issuing a Handover Command, if neither RRC CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT nor X2 UE Context Release has been previously received, the UE context is destroyed.
15964 <ul>
15965 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
15966 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
15979<li><b>QRxLevMin</b>: One of information transmitted within the SIB1 message, indicating the required minimum RSRP level that any UE must receive from this cell before it is allowed to camp to this cell. The default value -70 corresponds to -140 dBm and is the lowest possible value as defined by Section 6.3.4 of 3GPP TS 36.133. This restriction, however, only applies to initial cell selection and EPC-enabled simulation.
15980 <ul>
15981 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
15987<li><b>RsrpFilterCoefficient</b>: Determines the strength of smoothing effect induced by layer 3 filtering of RSRP in all attached UE; if set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable
15988 <ul>
15989 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
15995<li><b>RsrqFilterCoefficient</b>: Determines the strength of smoothing effect induced by layer 3 filtering of RSRQ in all attached UE; if set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable
15996 <ul>
15997 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16059<li><b>HandoverFailureNoPreamble</b>: trace fired upon handover failure due to non-allocation of non-contention based preamble at eNB for UE to handover due to max count reached<br> <ul>
16142<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16143 <ul>
16144 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16180<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16181 <ul>
16182 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16196<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16197 <ul>
16198 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16220<li><b>RsrpDifferenceThreshold</b>: If the difference between the power of the signal received by UE from the serving cell and the power of the signal received from the adjacent cell is less than a RsrpDifferenceThreshold value, the cell weight is incremented
16221 <ul>
16222 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16247<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16248 <ul>
16249 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16285<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16286 <ul>
16287 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16333<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16334 <ul>
16335 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16392<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16393 <ul>
16394 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16430<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16431 <ul>
16432 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16478<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16479 <ul>
16480 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16502<li><b>MediumAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in medium areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16503 <ul>
16504 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16545<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16546 <ul>
16547 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16618<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16619 <ul>
16620 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16657<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16658 <ul>
16659 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16695<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16696 <ul>
16697 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16727<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16728 <ul>
16729 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16778<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16779 <ul>
16780 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16808<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16809 <ul>
16810 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16848<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2
16849 <ul>
16850 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16907<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically
16908 <ul>
16909 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16955<li><b>EnbComponentCarrierManager</b>: The type of Component Carrier Manager to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting ns3::LteEnbComponentCarrierManager.
16956 <ul>
16957 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
16963<li><b>FadingModel</b>: The type of fading model to be used.The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::SpectrumPropagationLossModel.If the type is set to an empty string, no fading model is used.
16964 <ul>
16965 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
16971<li><b>FfrAlgorithm</b>: The type of FFR algorithm to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::LteFfrAlgorithm.
16972 <ul>
16973 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
16979<li><b>HandoverAlgorithm</b>: The type of handover algorithm to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::LteHandoverAlgorithm.
16980 <ul>
16981 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
16987<li><b>NumberOfComponentCarriers</b>: Set the number of Component carrier to use. If it is more than one and m_useCa is false, it will raise an error.
16988 <ul>
16989 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
16995<li><b>PathlossModel</b>: The type of pathloss model to be used. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::PropagationLossModel.
16996 <ul>
16997 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TypeIdValue</li>
17003<li><b>Scheduler</b>: The type of scheduler to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::FfMacScheduler.
17004 <ul>
17005 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
17011<li><b>UeComponentCarrierManager</b>: The type of Component Carrier Manager to be used for UEs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting ns3::LteUeComponentCarrierManager.
17012 <ul>
17013 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
17019<li><b>UseCa</b>: If true, Carrier Aggregation feature is enabled and a valid Component Carrier Map is expected. If false, single carrier simulation.
17020 <ul>
17021 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
17035<li><b>UsePdschForCqiGeneration</b>: If true, DL-CQI will be calculated from PDCCH as signal and PDSCH as interference. If false, DL-CQI will be calculated from PDCCH as signal and PDCCH as interference.
17036 <ul>
17037 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
17355<li><b>TxOpportunityForRetxAlwaysBigEnough</b>: If true, always pretend that the size of a TxOpportunity is big enough for retransmission. If false (default and realistic behavior), no retx is performed unless the corresponding TxOpportunity is big enough.
17356 <ul>
17357 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
17549<li><b>DiscardTimerMs</b>: Discard timer in milliseconds to be used to discard packets. If set to 0 then packet delay budget will be used as the discard timer value, otherwise it will be used this value.
17550 <ul>
17551 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
17807<li><b>CsgId</b>: The Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) identity that this UE is associated with, i.e., giving the UE access to cells which belong to this particular CSG. This restriction only applies to initial cell selection and EPC-enabled simulation. This does not revoke the UE's access to non-CSG cells.
17808 <ul>
17809 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
17915<li><b>NoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0." In this model, we consider T0 = 290K.
17916 <ul>
17917 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
17939<li><b>Qin</b>: corresponds to 2% block error rate of a hypothetical PDCCH transmissiontaking into account the PCFICH errors with transmission parameters.see 3GPP TS 36.213 4.2.1 and TS 36.133 7.6
17940 <ul>
17941 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
17947<li><b>Qout</b>: corresponds to 10% block error rate of a hypothetical PDCCH transmissiontaking into account the PCFICH errors with transmission parameters.see 3GPP TS 36.213 4.2.1 and TS 36.133 7.6
17948 <ul>
17949 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
18250<li><b>T300</b>: Timer for the RRC Connection Establishment procedure (i.e., the procedure is deemed as failed if it takes longer than this). Standard values: 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, 400ms, 600ms, 1000ms, 1500ms, 2000ms
18251 <ul>
18252 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
18253 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +1e+08ns:+2e+09ns</li>
18258<li><b>T310</b>: Timer for detecting the Radio link failure (i.e., the radio link is deemed as failed if this timer expires). Standard values: 0ms 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, 500ms, 1000ms, 2000ms
18259 <ul>
18260 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
18261 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+2e+09ns</li>
18614<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiMac</h3>
18615<ul>
18616<li><b>BE_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BE. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
18617 <ul>
18618 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18624<li><b>BE_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BE queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
18625 <ul>
18626 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18632<li><b>BE_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18633 <ul>
18634 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18640<li><b>BE_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18641 <ul>
18642 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18656<li><b>BK_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BK. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
18657 <ul>
18658 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18664<li><b>BK_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BK queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
18665 <ul>
18666 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18672<li><b>BK_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18673 <ul>
18674 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18680<li><b>BK_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18681 <ul>
18682 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18718<li><b>FrameRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame that are made before a failure condition is indicated. This corresponds to the dot11ShortRetryLimit parameter in the standard.
18719 <ul>
18720 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18726<li><b>MpduBufferSize</b>: The size (in number of MPDUs) of the buffer used for each BlockAck agreement in which this node is a recipient. The provided value is capped to the maximum allowed value based on the supported standard.
18727 <ul>
18728 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18742<li><b>RobustAVStreamingSupported</b>: Whether or not Robust Audio Video Streaming is supported (only allowed for AP STAs or non-AP that are HT capable).
18743 <ul>
18744 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
18774<li><b>VI_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VI. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
18775 <ul>
18776 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18782<li><b>VI_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VI queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
18783 <ul>
18784 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18790<li><b>VI_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18791 <ul>
18792 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18798<li><b>VI_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18799 <ul>
18800 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18814<li><b>VO_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VO. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
18815 <ul>
18816 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18822<li><b>VO_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VO queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
18823 <ul>
18824 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18830<li><b>VO_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18831 <ul>
18832 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18838<li><b>VO_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
18839 <ul>
18840 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
18868<li><b>IcfDropReason</b>: An ICF is dropped by an EMLSR client for the given reason on the link with the given ID. This trace source is actually fed by the EHT Frame Exchange Manager through the m_icfDropCallback member variable.<br> <ul>
18873<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
18878<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
18888<li><b>MacTx</b>: A packet has been received by the WifiNetDevice and is about to be enqueued; it has a LlcSnapHeader prepended but not yet a WifiMacHeader.<br> <ul>
18893<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission. This trace source is fired, e.g., when an AP's MAC receives from the upper layer a packet destined to a station that is not associated with the AP or a STA's MAC receives a packet from the upper layer while it is not associated with any AP.<br> <ul>
18898<li><b>MpduResponseTimeout</b>: An MPDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the MPDU. This trace source is fired when a CTS is missing after an RTS, when all CTS frames are missing after an MU-RTS, or when a Normal Ack is missing after an MPDU or after a DL MU PPDU acknowledged in SU format.<br> <ul>
18908<li><b>PsduMapResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU map for which not all the responses were received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason), the set of MAC addresses of the stations that did not respond and the total number of stations that had to respond. This trace source is fired when not all the addressed stations responded to an MU-BAR Trigger frame (either sent as a SU frame or aggregated to PSDUs in the DL MU PPDU), a Basic Trigger Frame or a BSRP Trigger Frame.<br> <ul>
18913<li><b>PsduResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the PSDU. This trace source is fired when a BlockAck is missing after an A-MPDU, a BlockAckReq (possibly in the context of the acknowledgment of a DL MU PPDU in SU format) or a TB PPDU (in the latter case the missing BlockAck is a Multi-STA BlockAck).<br> <ul>
19122<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
19123<ul>
19124<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
19125 <ul>
19126 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19140<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19141 <ul>
19142 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19156<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
19157 <ul>
19158 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
19164<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19165 <ul>
19166 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19170 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
19171 </ul>
19172<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19173 <ul>
19174 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19188<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19189 <ul>
19190 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19196<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
19197 <ul>
19198 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
19199 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
19311<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
19312<ul>
19313<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
19314 <ul>
19315 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19329<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19330 <ul>
19331 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19345<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
19346 <ul>
19347 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
19353<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19354 <ul>
19355 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19359 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
19360 </ul>
19361<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19362 <ul>
19363 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19377<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
19378 <ul>
19379 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
19385<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
19386 <ul>
19387 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
19388 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
19620<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::SpectrumChannel</h3>
19621<ul>
19622<li><b>MaxLossDb</b>: If a single-frequency PropagationLossModel is used, this value represents the maximum loss in dB for which transmissions will be passed to the receiving PHY. Signals for which the PropagationLossModel returns a loss bigger than this value will not be propagated to the receiver. This parameter is to be used to reduce the computational load by not propagating signals that are far beyond the interference range. Note that the default value corresponds to considering all signals for reception. Tune this value with care.
19623 <ul>
19624 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
19649No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
19650<h3>TraceSources defined in parent class ns3::SpectrumChannel</h3>
19651<ul>
19652<li><b>Gain</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The parameters to this trace are : Pointer to the mobility model of the transmitter, Pointer to the mobility model of the receiver, Tx antenna gain, Rx antenna gain, Propagation gain, Pathloss<br> <ul>
19657<li><b>PathLoss</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The first and second parameters to the trace are pointers respectively to the TX and RX SpectrumPhy instances, whereas the third parameters is the loss value in dB. Note that the loss value reported by this trace is the single-frequency loss value obtained by evaluating only the TX and RX AntennaModels and the PropagationLossModel. In particular, note that SpectrumPropagationLossModel (even if present) is never used to evaluate the loss value reported in this trace.<br> <ul>
19662<li><b>TxSigParams</b>: This trace is fired whenever a signal is transmitted. The sole parameter is a pointer to a copy of the SpectrumSignalParameters provided by the transmitter.<br> <ul>
19688<li><b>AccessReqInterval</b>: Duration of the interval between two consecutive requests for channel access made by the MultiUserScheduler. Such requests are made independently of the presence of frames in the queues of the AP and are intended to allow the AP to coordinate UL MU transmissions even without DL traffic. A null duration indicates that such requests shall not be made.
19689 <ul>
19690 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
19691 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
19696<li><b>DefaultTbPpduDuration</b>: Default duration of TB PPDUs solicited via a Basic Trigger Frame. This value is used to compute the Duration/ID field of BSRP Trigger Frames sent when the TXOP Limit is zero and the FrameExchangeManager continues the TXOP a SIFS after receiving response to the BSRP TF. This value shall also be used by subclasses when they have no other information available to determine the TX duration of solicited PPDUs. The default value roughly corresponds to half the maximum PPDU TX duration.
19697 <ul>
19698 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
19699 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
19704<li><b>DelayAccessReqUponAccess</b>: If enabled, the access request interval is measured starting from the last time an EDCA function obtained channel access. Otherwise, the access request interval is measured starting from the last time the MultiUserScheduler made a request for channel access.
19705 <ul>
19706 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
20287<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
20288 <ul>
20289 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
20639<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
20640<ul>
20641<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
20642 <ul>
20643 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
20657<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
20658 <ul>
20659 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
20673<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
20674 <ul>
20675 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
20681<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
20682 <ul>
20683 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
20687 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
20688 </ul>
20689<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
20690 <ul>
20691 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
20705<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
20706 <ul>
20707 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
20713<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
20714 <ul>
20715 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
20716 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
20787<li><b>MaxBytes</b>: The total number of bytes to send. Once these bytes are sent, no packet is sent again, even in on state. The value zero means that there is no limit.
20788 <ul>
20789 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
21464<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
21465 <ul>
21466 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
21509<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
21510<ul>
21511<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
21512 <ul>
21513 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
21527<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
21528 <ul>
21529 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
21543<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
21544 <ul>
21545 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
21551<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
21552 <ul>
21553 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
21557 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
21558 </ul>
21559<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
21560 <ul>
21561 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
21575<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
21576 <ul>
21577 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
21583<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
21584 <ul>
21585 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
21586 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
22375<li><b>TxRxPointToPoint</b>: Trace source indicating transmission of packet from the PointToPointChannel, used by the Animation interface.<br> <ul>
22417<li><b>S1uLinkMtu</b>: The MTU of the next S1-U link to be created. Note that, because of the additional GTP/UDP/IP tunneling overhead, you need a MTU larger than the end-to-end MTU that you want to support.
22418 <ul>
22419 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
22594<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
22599<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
22855<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
22856<ul>
22857<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
22858 <ul>
22859 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
22865<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
22866 <ul>
22867 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
22881<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
22882 <ul>
22883 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
22884 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
22930<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
22931<ul>
22932<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
22933 <ul>
22934 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
22940<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
22941 <ul>
22942 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
22956<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
22957 <ul>
22958 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
22959 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
23162<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::FrameExchangeManager</h3>
23163<ul>
23164<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.
23165 <ul>
23166 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
23211<li><b>FailedAddBaTimeout</b>: The timeout after a failed BA agreement. During this timeout, the originator resumes sending packets using normal MPDU. After that, BA agreement is reset and the originator will retry BA negotiation.
23212 <ul>
23213 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
23214 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
23251 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use Aifsns attribute instead of Aifsn</li>
23252 </ul>
23253<li><b>Aifsns</b>: The values of AIFSN for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
23254 <ul>
23255 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
23266 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use MaxCws attribute instead of MaxCw</li>
23267 </ul>
23268<li><b>MaxCws</b>: The maximum values of the contention window for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
23269 <ul>
23270 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
23281 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use MinCws attribute instead of MinCw</li>
23282 </ul>
23283<li><b>MinCws</b>: The minimum values of the contention window for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
23284 <ul>
23285 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
23303 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use TxopLimits attribute instead of TxopLimit</li>
23304 </ul>
23305<li><b>TxopLimits</b>: The values of TXOP limit for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
23306 <ul>
23307 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39TimeValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9TimeValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
23316<li><b>BaEstablished</b>: A block ack agreement is established with the given recipient for the given TID (and the given GCR group address, if any).<br> <ul>
23739<li><b>Channel</b>: The DL spectrum channel for which the RadioEnvironment Map is to be generated. Alternatively ChannelPath attribute can be used.Only one of the two (Channel or ChannelPath) should be set.
23740 <ul>
23741 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
23747<li><b>ChannelPath</b>: The path to the channel for which the Radio Environment Map is to be generated.This attribute is an alternative to Channel attribute and is only used if Channel is not set (equal to nullptr). Only one of the two (Channel or ChannelPath) should be set.
23748 <ul>
23749 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::StringValue</li>
23771<li><b>NoisePower</b>: the power of the measuring instrument noise, in Watts. Default to a kT of -174 dBm with a noise figure of 9 dB and a bandwidth of 25 LTE Resource Blocks
23772 <ul>
23773 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
23987<li><b>WithReplacement</b>: If true, the building will be randomly selected with replacement. If false, no replacement will occur, until the list of buildings to select becomes empty, at which point it will be filled again with the list of all buildings.
23988 <ul>
23989 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
24330<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
24331 <ul>
24332 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
24489<li><b>Speed</b>: A random variable used to pick the speed (m/s).The default value is taken from Figure 1 of the paperHenderson, L.F., 1971. The statistics of crowd fluids. nature, 229(5284), p.381.
24490 <ul>
24491 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
24505<li><b>Tolerance</b>: Tolerance for the intersection point with buildings (m).It represents a small distance from where the building limitis actually placed, for example to represent a sidewalk.
24506 <ul>
24507 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
25430<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
25431<ul>
25432<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
25433 <ul>
25434 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25448<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25449 <ul>
25450 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25464<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
25465 <ul>
25466 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
25472<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25473 <ul>
25474 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25478 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
25479 </ul>
25480<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25481 <ul>
25482 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25496<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25497 <ul>
25498 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25504<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
25505 <ul>
25506 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
25507 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
25663<li><b>MaxCredits</b>: Maximum amount of credits a station can have. When transmitting a DL MU PPDU, the amount of credits received by each station equals the TX duration (in microseconds) divided by the total number of stations. Stations that are the recipient of the DL MU PPDU have to pay a number of credits equal to the TX duration (in microseconds) times the allocated bandwidth share
25664 <ul>
25665 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
25666 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
25706<li><b>AccessReqInterval</b>: Duration of the interval between two consecutive requests for channel access made by the MultiUserScheduler. Such requests are made independently of the presence of frames in the queues of the AP and are intended to allow the AP to coordinate UL MU transmissions even without DL traffic. A null duration indicates that such requests shall not be made.
25707 <ul>
25708 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
25709 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
25714<li><b>DefaultTbPpduDuration</b>: Default duration of TB PPDUs solicited via a Basic Trigger Frame. This value is used to compute the Duration/ID field of BSRP Trigger Frames sent when the TXOP Limit is zero and the FrameExchangeManager continues the TXOP a SIFS after receiving response to the BSRP TF. This value shall also be used by subclasses when they have no other information available to determine the TX duration of solicited PPDUs. The default value roughly corresponds to half the maximum PPDU TX duration.
25715 <ul>
25716 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
25717 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
25722<li><b>DelayAccessReqUponAccess</b>: If enabled, the access request interval is measured starting from the last time an EDCA function obtained channel access. Otherwise, the access request interval is measured starting from the last time the MultiUserScheduler made a request for channel access.
25723 <ul>
25724 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
25823<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
25824<ul>
25825<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
25826 <ul>
25827 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25841<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25842 <ul>
25843 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25857<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
25858 <ul>
25859 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
25865<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25866 <ul>
25867 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25871 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
25872 </ul>
25873<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25874 <ul>
25875 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25889<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
25890 <ul>
25891 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
25897<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
25898 <ul>
25899 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
25900 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
26189<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
26190 <ul>
26191 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
26286<li><b>Margin</b>: Reception is switched if the newly arrived frame has a power higher than this value above the frame currently being received (expressed in dB).
26287 <ul>
26288 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
26581<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::SpectrumChannel</h3>
26582<ul>
26583<li><b>MaxLossDb</b>: If a single-frequency PropagationLossModel is used, this value represents the maximum loss in dB for which transmissions will be passed to the receiving PHY. Signals for which the PropagationLossModel returns a loss bigger than this value will not be propagated to the receiver. This parameter is to be used to reduce the computational load by not propagating signals that are far beyond the interference range. Note that the default value corresponds to considering all signals for reception. Tune this value with care.
26584 <ul>
26585 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
26610No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
26611<h3>TraceSources defined in parent class ns3::SpectrumChannel</h3>
26612<ul>
26613<li><b>Gain</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The parameters to this trace are : Pointer to the mobility model of the transmitter, Pointer to the mobility model of the receiver, Tx antenna gain, Rx antenna gain, Propagation gain, Pathloss<br> <ul>
26618<li><b>PathLoss</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The first and second parameters to the trace are pointers respectively to the TX and RX SpectrumPhy instances, whereas the third parameters is the loss value in dB. Note that the loss value reported by this trace is the single-frequency loss value obtained by evaluating only the TX and RX AntennaModels and the PropagationLossModel. In particular, note that SpectrumPropagationLossModel (even if present) is never used to evaluate the loss value reported in this trace.<br> <ul>
26623<li><b>TxSigParams</b>: This trace is fired whenever a signal is transmitted. The sole parameter is a pointer to a copy of the SpectrumSignalParameters provided by the transmitter.<br> <ul>
27053No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
27054<b>Group:</b> Applications
27055
27056<b>Size</b> of this type is 176 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
27057*/
27058
27059/*!
27060
27061\class ns3::SpectrumAnalyzer
27062
27063Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
27064<h3>Attributes</h3>
27065<ul>
27066<li><b>NoisePowerSpectralDensity</b>: The power spectral density of the measuring instrument noise, in Watt/Hz. Mostly useful to make spectrograms look more similar to those obtained by real devices. Defaults to the value for thermal noise at 300K.
27067 <ul>
27068 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
27111<li><b>MaxLossDb</b>: If a single-frequency PropagationLossModel is used, this value represents the maximum loss in dB for which transmissions will be passed to the receiving PHY. Signals for which the PropagationLossModel returns a loss bigger than this value will not be propagated to the receiver. This parameter is to be used to reduce the computational load by not propagating signals that are far beyond the interference range. Note that the default value corresponds to considering all signals for reception. Tune this value with care.
27112 <ul>
27113 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
27140<li><b>Gain</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The parameters to this trace are : Pointer to the mobility model of the transmitter, Pointer to the mobility model of the receiver, Tx antenna gain, Rx antenna gain, Propagation gain, Pathloss<br> <ul>
27145<li><b>PathLoss</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The first and second parameters to the trace are pointers respectively to the TX and RX SpectrumPhy instances, whereas the third parameters is the loss value in dB. Note that the loss value reported by this trace is the single-frequency loss value obtained by evaluating only the TX and RX AntennaModels and the PropagationLossModel. In particular, note that SpectrumPropagationLossModel (even if present) is never used to evaluate the loss value reported in this trace.<br> <ul>
27150<li><b>TxSigParams</b>: This trace is fired whenever a signal is transmitted. The sole parameter is a pointer to a copy of the SpectrumSignalParameters provided by the transmitter.<br> <ul>
27273<li><b>CcaEdThreshold</b>: The energy of all received signals should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
27274 <ul>
27275 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
27281<li><b>CcaSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received wifi signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
27282 <ul>
27283 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
27303<li><b>ChannelSettings</b>: A vector of tuple {channel number, channel width (MHz), PHY band, primary20 index} describing the settings of the operating channel for each segment. The primary20 index (only the value set for the first segment is used) is the index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency) and is only valid if the width of the operating channel is a multiple of 20 MHz. If the standard for this object has not been set yet, the value of this attribute is saved and will be used to set the operating channel when the standard is configured. If the PHY band is left unspecified, the default band for the configured standard is used. If the channel width and the channel number are both 0, the default channel width for the configured standard and band are used. If the channel number is 0, the default channel number for the configured standard, band and channel width is used. Note that the channel width can be left unspecified (0) if the channel number uniquely identify a frequency channel for the given standard and band.
27304 <ul>
27305 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns310TupleValueIJNS_13UintegerValueES1_NS_9EnumValueINS_11WifiPhyBandEEES1_EEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_10TupleValueIJNS1_13UintegerValueES4_NS1_9EnumValueINS1_11WifiPhyBandEEES4_EEEEESaIS9_EEE></li>
27319<li><b>ChannelWidth</b>: The width in MHz of the current operating channel (5, 10, 20, 22, 40, 80 or 160). If 80+80MHz is used, this corresponds to the total channel width, hence 160 MHz.
27320 <ul>
27321 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27357<li><b>MaxSupportedRxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported RX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.
27358 <ul>
27359 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27365<li><b>MaxSupportedTxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported TX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.
27366 <ul>
27367 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27381<li><b>Pifs</b>: The duration of the PCF Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
27382 <ul>
27383 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
27384 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
27389<li><b>PostReceptionErrorModel</b>: An optional packet error model can be added to the receive packet process after any propagation-based (SNR-based) error models have been applied. Typically this is used to force specific packet drops, for testing purposes.
27390 <ul>
27391 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
27413<li><b>Primary20MHzIndex</b>: The index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the current operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency).
27414 <ul>
27415 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27428<li><b>RxNoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0 (usually 290 K)".
27429 <ul>
27430 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
27436<li><b>RxSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) for the PHY to detect the signal. This threshold refers to a width of 20 MHz and will be scaled to match the width of the received signal.
27437 <ul>
27438 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
27444<li><b>ShortPlcpPreambleSupported</b>: Whether or not short PHY preamble is supported.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11b STAs and APs.Note: 802.11g APs and STAs always support short PHY preamble.
27445 <ul>
27446 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
27452<li><b>Sifs</b>: The duration of the Short Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
27453 <ul>
27454 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
27455 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
27460<li><b>Slot</b>: The duration of a slot. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
27461 <ul>
27462 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
27463 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
27524<li><b>MonitorSnifferTx</b>: Trace source simulating the capability of a wifi device in monitor mode to sniff all frames being transmitted<br> <ul>
27559<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the medium; the packet holds a single MPDU even if the MPDU is transmitted within an A-MPDU (in which case this trace fires for each MPDU in the A-MPDU).<br> <ul>
27574<li><b>PhyTxPsduBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a PSDU has begun transmitting over the channel medium; this trace returns a WifiConstPsduMap with a single element (in the case of SU PPDU) or multiple elements (in the case of MU PPDU)<br> <ul>
27656<li><b>ActiveProbing</b>: If true, we send probe requests. If false, we don't.NOTE: if more than one STA in your simulation is using active probing, you should enable it at a different simulation time for each STA, otherwise all the STAs will start sending probes at the same time resulting in collisions. See bug 1060 for more info.
27657 <ul>
27658 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
27672<li><b>AssocType</b>: Type of association performed by this device (provided that it is supported by the standard configured for this device, otherwise legacy association is performed). By using this attribute, it is possible for an EHT single-link device to perform ML setup with an AP MLD and for an EHT multi-link device to perform legacy association with an AP MLD.
27673 <ul>
27674 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::EnumValue<ns3::WifiAssocType></li>
27688<li><b>PmModeSwitchTimeout</b>: If switching to a new Power Management mode is not completed within this amount of time, make another attempt at switching Power Management mode.
27689 <ul>
27690 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
27691 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
27696<li><b>PowerSaveMode</b>: Enable/disable power save mode on the given link. The power management mode is actually changed when the AP acknowledges a frame sent with the Power Management field set to the value corresponding to the requested mode
27697 <ul>
27698 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PairValue<N3ns33PtrINS_12BooleanValueEEE, N3ns33PtrINS_13UintegerValueEEE></li>
27728<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiMac</h3>
27729<ul>
27730<li><b>BE_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BE. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
27731 <ul>
27732 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27738<li><b>BE_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BE queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
27739 <ul>
27740 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27746<li><b>BE_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27747 <ul>
27748 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27754<li><b>BE_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27755 <ul>
27756 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27770<li><b>BK_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BK. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
27771 <ul>
27772 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27778<li><b>BK_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BK queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
27779 <ul>
27780 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27786<li><b>BK_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27787 <ul>
27788 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27794<li><b>BK_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27795 <ul>
27796 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27832<li><b>FrameRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame that are made before a failure condition is indicated. This corresponds to the dot11ShortRetryLimit parameter in the standard.
27833 <ul>
27834 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27840<li><b>MpduBufferSize</b>: The size (in number of MPDUs) of the buffer used for each BlockAck agreement in which this node is a recipient. The provided value is capped to the maximum allowed value based on the supported standard.
27841 <ul>
27842 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27856<li><b>RobustAVStreamingSupported</b>: Whether or not Robust Audio Video Streaming is supported (only allowed for AP STAs or non-AP that are HT capable).
27857 <ul>
27858 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
27888<li><b>VI_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VI. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
27889 <ul>
27890 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27896<li><b>VI_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VI queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
27897 <ul>
27898 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27904<li><b>VI_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27905 <ul>
27906 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27912<li><b>VI_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27913 <ul>
27914 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27928<li><b>VO_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VO. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
27929 <ul>
27930 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27936<li><b>VO_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VO queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
27937 <ul>
27938 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27944<li><b>VO_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27945 <ul>
27946 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27952<li><b>VO_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
27953 <ul>
27954 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
27981<li><b>DeAssoc</b>: Association with an access point lost. If this is an MLD that disassociated with an AP MLD, the AP MLD address is provided.<br> <ul>
27986<li><b>EmlsrLinkSwitch</b>: Trace start/end of EMLSR link switch events: when a PHY operating on a link starts switching, provides the ID of the link and a null pointer (indicating no PHY is operating on that link); when a PHY completes switching to a link, provides the ID of the link and a pointer to the PHY (that is now operating on that link)<br> <ul>
27991<li><b>LinkSetupCompleted</b>: A link was setup in the context of ML setup with an AP MLD. Provides ID of the setup link and AP MAC address<br> <ul>
28014<li><b>IcfDropReason</b>: An ICF is dropped by an EMLSR client for the given reason on the link with the given ID. This trace source is actually fed by the EHT Frame Exchange Manager through the m_icfDropCallback member variable.<br> <ul>
28019<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
28024<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
28034<li><b>MacTx</b>: A packet has been received by the WifiNetDevice and is about to be enqueued; it has a LlcSnapHeader prepended but not yet a WifiMacHeader.<br> <ul>
28039<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission. This trace source is fired, e.g., when an AP's MAC receives from the upper layer a packet destined to a station that is not associated with the AP or a STA's MAC receives a packet from the upper layer while it is not associated with any AP.<br> <ul>
28044<li><b>MpduResponseTimeout</b>: An MPDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the MPDU. This trace source is fired when a CTS is missing after an RTS, when all CTS frames are missing after an MU-RTS, or when a Normal Ack is missing after an MPDU or after a DL MU PPDU acknowledged in SU format.<br> <ul>
28054<li><b>PsduMapResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU map for which not all the responses were received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason), the set of MAC addresses of the stations that did not respond and the total number of stations that had to respond. This trace source is fired when not all the addressed stations responded to an MU-BAR Trigger frame (either sent as a SU frame or aggregated to PSDUs in the DL MU PPDU), a Basic Trigger Frame or a BSRP Trigger Frame.<br> <ul>
28059<li><b>PsduResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the PSDU. This trace source is fired when a BlockAck is missing after an A-MPDU, a BlockAckReq (possibly in the context of the acknowledgment of a DL MU PPDU in SU format) or a TB PPDU (in the latter case the missing BlockAck is a Multi-STA BlockAck).<br> <ul>
28421<li><b>SSPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
28426<li><b>SSRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
28542<li><b>IpAddress</b>: The IP address to assign to the tap device, when in ConfigureLocal mode. This address will override the discovered IP address of the simulated device.
28543 <ul>
28544 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::Ipv4AddressValue</li>
28550<li><b>MacAddress</b>: The MAC address to assign to the tap device, when in ConfigureLocal mode. This address will override the discovered MAC address of the simulated device.
28551 <ul>
28552 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::Mac48AddressValue</li>
28574<li><b>Netmask</b>: The network mask to assign to the tap device, when in ConfigureLocal mode. This address will override the discovered MAC address of the simulated device.
28575 <ul>
28576 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::Ipv4MaskValue</li>
28840<li><b>MinRtt</b>: Estimated two-way round-trip propagation delay of the path, estimated from the windowed minimum recent round-trip delay sample<br> <ul>
28908<li><b>SmoothPart</b>: Number of RTT needed to approach cWnd_max from cWnd_max-BinarySearchCoefficient. It can be viewed as the gradient of the slow start AIM phase: less this value is, more steep the increment will be.
28909 <ul>
28910 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
28985<li><b>CntClamp</b>: Counter value when no losses are detected (counter is used when incrementing cWnd in congestion avoidance, to avoid floating point arithmetic). It is the modulo of the (avoided) division
28986 <ul>
28987 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
29352<li><b>SocketList</b>: A container of sockets associated to this protocol. The underlying type is an unordered map, the attribute name is kept for backward compatibility.
29353 <ul>
29354 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::ObjectPtrContainerValue</li>
30776<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</h3>
30777<ul>
30778<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
30779 <ul>
30780 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
30794<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
30795 <ul>
30796 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
30810<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
30811 <ul>
30812 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
30818<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
30819 <ul>
30820 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
30824 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
30825 </ul>
30826<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
30827 <ul>
30828 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
30842<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
30843 <ul>
30844 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
30850<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
30851 <ul>
30852 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
30853 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
30935<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
30936 <ul>
30937 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
30943<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
30944 <ul>
30945 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
30959<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
30960 <ul>
30961 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
30962 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
31045<li><b>vScatt</b>: Maximum speed of the vehicle in the layout (see 3GPP TR 37.885 v15.3.0, Sec. 6.2.3).Used to compute the additional contribution for the Doppler ofdelayed (reflected) paths
31046 <ul>
31047 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
31257 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">DEPRECATED</span>: Replaced by Port in ns-3.44.</li>
31258 </ul>
31259<li><b>Mtu</b>: Maximum transmission unit (in bytes) of the TCP sockets used in this application, excluding the compulsory 40 bytes TCP header. Typical values are 1460 and 536 bytes. The attribute is read-only because the value is randomly determined.
31260 <ul>
31261 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
31486<li><b>NumOfEmbeddedObjectsMax</b>: The upper bound parameter of Pareto distribution for the number of embedded objects per web page. The actual maximum value is this value subtracted by the scale parameter.
31487 <ul>
31488 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
31563<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
31564<ul>
31565<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
31566 <ul>
31567 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
31573<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
31574 <ul>
31575 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
31589<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
31590 <ul>
31591 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
31592 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
31701<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
31702<ul>
31703<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
31704 <ul>
31705 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
31711<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
31712 <ul>
31713 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
31727<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
31728 <ul>
31729 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
31730 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
31766<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
31767<ul>
31768<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
31769 <ul>
31770 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
31776<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
31777 <ul>
31778 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
31792<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
31793 <ul>
31794 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
31795 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
31904<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
31905<ul>
31906<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
31907 <ul>
31908 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
31914<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
31915 <ul>
31916 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
31930<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
31931 <ul>
31932 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
31933 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
32042<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
32043<ul>
32044<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
32045 <ul>
32046 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
32052<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
32053 <ul>
32054 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
32068<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
32069 <ul>
32070 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
32071 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
32180<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
32181<ul>
32182<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
32183 <ul>
32184 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
32190<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
32191 <ul>
32192 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
32206<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
32207 <ul>
32208 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
32209 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
32383<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
32384<ul>
32385<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
32386 <ul>
32387 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
32393<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
32394 <ul>
32395 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
32409<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
32410 <ul>
32411 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
32412 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
32561<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
32562<ul>
32563<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
32564 <ul>
32565 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
32571<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
32572 <ul>
32573 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
32587<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
32588 <ul>
32589 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
32590 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
32699<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
32700<ul>
32701<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
32702 <ul>
32703 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
32709<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
32710 <ul>
32711 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
32725<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
32726 <ul>
32727 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
32728 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
32837<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
32838<ul>
32839<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
32840 <ul>
32841 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
32847<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
32848 <ul>
32849 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
32863<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
32864 <ul>
32865 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
32866 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
33000<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::ThreeGppChannelConditionModel</h3>
33001<ul>
33002<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.
33003 <ul>
33004 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
33010<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low
33011 <ul>
33012 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
33026<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.
33027 <ul>
33028 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
33029 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
33375<li><b>RngStreamSetSize</b>: The number of RNG streams reserved for the fading model. The maximum number of streams that are needed for an LTE FDD scenario is 2 * numUEs * numeNBs.
33376 <ul>
33377 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
33439<li><b>TcDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the Traffic Control layer because no queue disc is installed on the device, the device supports flow control and the device queue is stopped<br> <ul>
33568<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
33569 <ul>
33570 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
33653<li><b>BasePsd</b>: The base power spectral density (in dBm/Hz) of the TV transmitter's transmitted spectrum. Base PSD is the maximum PSD of the spectrum excluding pilots. For analog and COFDM transmitters this is the maximum PSD, but for 8-VSB transmitters this is the maximum PSD of the main signal spectrum (flat-top segment) since the pilot actually has the maximum PSD overall.
33654 <ul>
33655 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
33828 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use Aifsns attribute instead of Aifsn</li>
33829 </ul>
33830<li><b>Aifsns</b>: The values of AIFSN for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
33831 <ul>
33832 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
33843 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use MaxCws attribute instead of MaxCw</li>
33844 </ul>
33845<li><b>MaxCws</b>: The maximum values of the contention window for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
33846 <ul>
33847 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
33858 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use MinCws attribute instead of MinCw</li>
33859 </ul>
33860<li><b>MinCws</b>: The minimum values of the contention window for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
33861 <ul>
33862 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
33880 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use TxopLimits attribute instead of TxopLimit</li>
33881 </ul>
33882<li><b>TxopLimits</b>: The values of TXOP limit for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.
33883 <ul>
33884 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns39TimeValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_9TimeValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
35089<li><b>PacketSize</b>: Size of packets generated. The minimum packet size is 12 bytes which is the size of the header carrying the sequence number and the time stamp.
35090 <ul>
35091 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
35381<b>Size</b> of this type is 224 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
35382*/
35383
35384/*!
35385
35386\class ns3::UdpHeader
35387
35388Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
35389No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
35390No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
35391<b>Group:</b> Internet
35392
35393<b>Size</b> of this type is 72 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
35394*/
35395
35396/*!
35397
35398\class ns3::UdpL4Protocol
35399
35400<h3>Config Paths</h3>
35401
35402ns3::UdpL4Protocol is accessible through the following paths with Config::Set and Config::Connect:
35403<ul>
35404<li>"/NodeList/[i]/$ns3::UdpL4Protocol"</li>
35405</ul>
35406<h3>Attributes</h3>
35407<ul>
35408<li><b>SocketList</b>: A container of sockets associated to this protocol. The underlying type is an unordered map, the attribute name is kept for backward compatibility.
35409 <ul>
35410 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::ObjectPtrContainerValue</li>
36288<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
36289 <ul>
36290 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
36499<li><b>SecondaryCcaSensitivityThresholds</b>: Tuple {threshold for 20MHz PPDUs, threshold for 40MHz PPDUs, threshold for 80MHz PPDUs} describing the CCA sensitivity thresholds for PPDUs that do not occupy the primary channel. The power of a received PPDU that does not occupy the primary channel should be higher than the threshold (dBm) associated to the PPDU bandwidth to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
36500 <ul>
36501 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TupleValue</li>
36554<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::FrameExchangeManager</h3>
36555<ul>
36556<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.
36557 <ul>
36558 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
36594<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
36599<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,<br> <ul>
36859<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
36860 <ul>
36861 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
36868No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
36869<b>Group:</b> Core
36870
36871<b>Size</b> of this type is 104 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
36872*/
36873
36874/*!
36875
36876\class ns3::WifiAckManager
36877
36878Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
36879No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
36880No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
36881<b>Group:</b> Wifi
36882
36883<b>Size</b> of this type is 72 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
36884*/
36885
36886/*!
36887
36888\class ns3::WifiAssocManager
36889
36890Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
36891<h3>Attributes</h3>
36892<ul>
36893<li><b>AllowedLinks</b>: Only Beacon and Probe Response frames received on a link belonging to the given set are processed. An empty set is equivalent to the set of all links.
36894 <ul>
36895 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
36902No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
36903<b>Group:</b> Wifi
36904
36905<b>Size</b> of this type is 320 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
36906*/
36907
36908/*!
36909
36910\class ns3::WifiBandwidthFilter
36911
36912Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
36913No Attributes are defined for this type.<br>
36914No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
36915<b>Group:</b> Wifi
36916
36917<b>Size</b> of this type is 64 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
36918*/
36919
36920/*!
36921
36922\class ns3::WifiDefaultAckManager
36923
36924Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
36925<h3>Attributes</h3>
36926<ul>
36927<li><b>BaThreshold</b>: Immediate acknowledgment is requested upon transmission of a frame whose sequence number is distant at least BaThreshold multiplied by the transmit window size from the starting sequence number of the transmit window. Set to zero to request a response for every transmitted frame.
36928 <ul>
36929 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
36943<li><b>MaxBlockAckMcs</b>: The MCS used to send a BlockAck in a TB PPDU is the minimum between the MCS used for the PSDU sent in the preceding DL MU PPDU and the value of this attribute.
36944 <ul>
36945 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
36960No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
36961<b>Group:</b> Wifi
36962
36963<b>Size</b> of this type is 88 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
36964*/
36965
36966/*!
36967
36968\class ns3::WifiDefaultAssocManager
36969
36970Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
36971<h3>Attributes</h3>
36972<ul>
36973<li><b>ChannelSwitchTimeout</b>: After requesting a channel switch on a link to setup that link, wait at most this amount of time. If a channel switch is not notified within this amount of time, we give up setting up that link.
36974 <ul>
36975 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
36976 <li>Underlying type: \p Time +0ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
36982<h3>Attributes defined in parent class ns3::WifiAssocManager</h3>
36983<ul>
36984<li><b>AllowedLinks</b>: Only Beacon and Probe Response frames received on a link belonging to the given set are processed. An empty set is equivalent to the set of all links.
36985 <ul>
36986 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns313UintegerValueE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_13UintegerValueEEESaIS4_EEE></li>
37036<li><b>UnsolicitedRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame delivered using the GCR unsolicited retry retransmission policy.
37037 <ul>
37038 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37066<li><b>SingleRtsPerTxop</b>: If enabled, a protection mechanism (RTS or MU-RTS) is normally used no more than once in a TXOP, regardless of the destination of the data frame (unless required for specific purposes, such as transmitting an Initial Control Frame to an EMLSR client).
37067 <ul>
37068 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
37101<li><b>BE_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BE. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
37102 <ul>
37103 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37109<li><b>BE_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BE queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
37110 <ul>
37111 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37117<li><b>BE_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37118 <ul>
37119 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37125<li><b>BE_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37126 <ul>
37127 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37141<li><b>BK_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BK. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
37142 <ul>
37143 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37149<li><b>BK_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BK queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
37150 <ul>
37151 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37157<li><b>BK_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37158 <ul>
37159 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37165<li><b>BK_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37166 <ul>
37167 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37203<li><b>FrameRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame that are made before a failure condition is indicated. This corresponds to the dot11ShortRetryLimit parameter in the standard.
37204 <ul>
37205 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37211<li><b>MpduBufferSize</b>: The size (in number of MPDUs) of the buffer used for each BlockAck agreement in which this node is a recipient. The provided value is capped to the maximum allowed value based on the supported standard.
37212 <ul>
37213 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37227<li><b>RobustAVStreamingSupported</b>: Whether or not Robust Audio Video Streaming is supported (only allowed for AP STAs or non-AP that are HT capable).
37228 <ul>
37229 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
37259<li><b>VI_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VI. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
37260 <ul>
37261 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37267<li><b>VI_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VI queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
37268 <ul>
37269 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37275<li><b>VI_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37276 <ul>
37277 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37283<li><b>VI_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37284 <ul>
37285 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37299<li><b>VO_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VO. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.
37300 <ul>
37301 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37307<li><b>VO_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VO queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.
37308 <ul>
37309 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37315<li><b>VO_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37316 <ul>
37317 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37323<li><b>VO_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.
37324 <ul>
37325 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37352<li><b>IcfDropReason</b>: An ICF is dropped by an EMLSR client for the given reason on the link with the given ID. This trace source is actually fed by the EHT Frame Exchange Manager through the m_icfDropCallback member variable.<br> <ul>
37357<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
37362<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace.<br> <ul>
37372<li><b>MacTx</b>: A packet has been received by the WifiNetDevice and is about to be enqueued; it has a LlcSnapHeader prepended but not yet a WifiMacHeader.<br> <ul>
37377<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission. This trace source is fired, e.g., when an AP's MAC receives from the upper layer a packet destined to a station that is not associated with the AP or a STA's MAC receives a packet from the upper layer while it is not associated with any AP.<br> <ul>
37382<li><b>MpduResponseTimeout</b>: An MPDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the MPDU. This trace source is fired when a CTS is missing after an RTS, when all CTS frames are missing after an MU-RTS, or when a Normal Ack is missing after an MPDU or after a DL MU PPDU acknowledged in SU format.<br> <ul>
37392<li><b>PsduMapResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU map for which not all the responses were received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason), the set of MAC addresses of the stations that did not respond and the total number of stations that had to respond. This trace source is fired when not all the addressed stations responded to an MU-BAR Trigger frame (either sent as a SU frame or aggregated to PSDUs in the DL MU PPDU), a Basic Trigger Frame or a BSRP Trigger Frame.<br> <ul>
37397<li><b>PsduResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the PSDU. This trace source is fired when a BlockAck is missing after an A-MPDU, a BlockAckReq (possibly in the context of the acknowledgment of a DL MU PPDU in SU format) or a TB PPDU (in the latter case the missing BlockAck is a Multi-STA BlockAck).<br> <ul>
37653<li><b>CcaEdThreshold</b>: The energy of all received signals should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
37654 <ul>
37655 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
37661<li><b>CcaSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received wifi signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
37662 <ul>
37663 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
37683<li><b>ChannelSettings</b>: A vector of tuple {channel number, channel width (MHz), PHY band, primary20 index} describing the settings of the operating channel for each segment. The primary20 index (only the value set for the first segment is used) is the index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency) and is only valid if the width of the operating channel is a multiple of 20 MHz. If the standard for this object has not been set yet, the value of this attribute is saved and will be used to set the operating channel when the standard is configured. If the PHY band is left unspecified, the default band for the configured standard is used. If the channel width and the channel number are both 0, the default channel width for the configured standard and band are used. If the channel number is 0, the default channel number for the configured standard, band and channel width is used. Note that the channel width can be left unspecified (0) if the channel number uniquely identify a frequency channel for the given standard and band.
37684 <ul>
37685 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns310TupleValueIJNS_13UintegerValueES1_NS_9EnumValueINS_11WifiPhyBandEEES1_EEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_10TupleValueIJNS1_13UintegerValueES4_NS1_9EnumValueINS1_11WifiPhyBandEEES4_EEEEESaIS9_EEE></li>
37699<li><b>ChannelWidth</b>: The width in MHz of the current operating channel (5, 10, 20, 22, 40, 80 or 160). If 80+80MHz is used, this corresponds to the total channel width, hence 160 MHz.
37700 <ul>
37701 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37737<li><b>MaxSupportedRxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported RX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.
37738 <ul>
37739 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37745<li><b>MaxSupportedTxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported TX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.
37746 <ul>
37747 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37761<li><b>Pifs</b>: The duration of the PCF Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
37762 <ul>
37763 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
37764 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
37769<li><b>PostReceptionErrorModel</b>: An optional packet error model can be added to the receive packet process after any propagation-based (SNR-based) error models have been applied. Typically this is used to force specific packet drops, for testing purposes.
37770 <ul>
37771 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
37793<li><b>Primary20MHzIndex</b>: The index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the current operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency).
37794 <ul>
37795 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
37808<li><b>RxNoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0 (usually 290 K)".
37809 <ul>
37810 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
37816<li><b>RxSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) for the PHY to detect the signal. This threshold refers to a width of 20 MHz and will be scaled to match the width of the received signal.
37817 <ul>
37818 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
37824<li><b>ShortPlcpPreambleSupported</b>: Whether or not short PHY preamble is supported.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11b STAs and APs.Note: 802.11g APs and STAs always support short PHY preamble.
37825 <ul>
37826 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
37832<li><b>Sifs</b>: The duration of the Short Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
37833 <ul>
37834 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
37835 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
37840<li><b>Slot</b>: The duration of a slot. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
37841 <ul>
37842 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
37843 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
37896<li><b>MonitorSnifferTx</b>: Trace source simulating the capability of a wifi device in monitor mode to sniff all frames being transmitted<br> <ul>
37931<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the medium; the packet holds a single MPDU even if the MPDU is transmitted within an A-MPDU (in which case this trace fires for each MPDU in the A-MPDU).<br> <ul>
37946<li><b>PhyTxPsduBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a PSDU has begun transmitting over the channel medium; this trace returns a WifiConstPsduMap with a single element (in the case of SU PPDU) or multiple elements (in the case of MU PPDU)<br> <ul>
38121<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.
38122 <ul>
38123 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38137<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
38138 <ul>
38139 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38153<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.
38154 <ul>
38155 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
38161<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
38162 <ul>
38163 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38167 <li>Support level: <span class="mlabel">OBSOLETE</span>: Use WifiMac::FrameRetryLimit instead</li>
38168 </ul>
38169<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
38170 <ul>
38171 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38185<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.
38186 <ul>
38187 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38193<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.
38194 <ul>
38195 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
38196 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
38627<li><b>CcaEdThreshold</b>: The energy of all received signals should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
38628 <ul>
38629 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
38635<li><b>CcaSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received wifi signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.
38636 <ul>
38637 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
38657<li><b>ChannelSettings</b>: A vector of tuple {channel number, channel width (MHz), PHY band, primary20 index} describing the settings of the operating channel for each segment. The primary20 index (only the value set for the first segment is used) is the index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency) and is only valid if the width of the operating channel is a multiple of 20 MHz. If the standard for this object has not been set yet, the value of this attribute is saved and will be used to set the operating channel when the standard is configured. If the PHY band is left unspecified, the default band for the configured standard is used. If the channel width and the channel number are both 0, the default channel width for the configured standard and band are used. If the channel number is 0, the default channel number for the configured standard, band and channel width is used. Note that the channel width can be left unspecified (0) if the channel number uniquely identify a frequency channel for the given standard and band.
38658 <ul>
38659 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::AttributeContainerValue<N3ns310TupleValueIJNS_13UintegerValueES1_NS_9EnumValueINS_11WifiPhyBandEEES1_EEE, NSt7__cxx114listIN3ns33PtrINS1_10TupleValueIJNS1_13UintegerValueES4_NS1_9EnumValueINS1_11WifiPhyBandEEES4_EEEEESaIS9_EEE></li>
38673<li><b>ChannelWidth</b>: The width in MHz of the current operating channel (5, 10, 20, 22, 40, 80 or 160). If 80+80MHz is used, this corresponds to the total channel width, hence 160 MHz.
38674 <ul>
38675 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38711<li><b>MaxSupportedRxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported RX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.
38712 <ul>
38713 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38719<li><b>MaxSupportedTxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported TX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.
38720 <ul>
38721 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38735<li><b>Pifs</b>: The duration of the PCF Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
38736 <ul>
38737 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
38738 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
38743<li><b>PostReceptionErrorModel</b>: An optional packet error model can be added to the receive packet process after any propagation-based (SNR-based) error models have been applied. Typically this is used to force specific packet drops, for testing purposes.
38744 <ul>
38745 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::PointerValue</li>
38767<li><b>Primary20MHzIndex</b>: The index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the current operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency).
38768 <ul>
38769 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
38782<li><b>RxNoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0 (usually 290 K)".
38783 <ul>
38784 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
38790<li><b>RxSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) for the PHY to detect the signal. This threshold refers to a width of 20 MHz and will be scaled to match the width of the received signal.
38791 <ul>
38792 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::DoubleValue</li>
38798<li><b>ShortPlcpPreambleSupported</b>: Whether or not short PHY preamble is supported.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11b STAs and APs.Note: 802.11g APs and STAs always support short PHY preamble.
38799 <ul>
38800 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::BooleanValue</li>
38806<li><b>Sifs</b>: The duration of the Short Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
38807 <ul>
38808 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
38809 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
38814<li><b>Slot</b>: The duration of a slot. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.
38815 <ul>
38816 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::TimeValue</li>
38817 <li>Underlying type: \p Time -9.22337e+18ns:+9.22337e+18ns</li>
38878<li><b>MonitorSnifferTx</b>: Trace source simulating the capability of a wifi device in monitor mode to sniff all frames being transmitted<br> <ul>
38913<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the medium; the packet holds a single MPDU even if the MPDU is transmitted within an A-MPDU (in which case this trace fires for each MPDU in the A-MPDU).<br> <ul>
38928<li><b>PhyTxPsduBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a PSDU has begun transmitting over the channel medium; this trace returns a WifiConstPsduMap with a single element (in the case of SU PPDU) or multiple elements (in the case of MU PPDU)<br> <ul>
39034<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
39035 <ul>
39036 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
39043No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
39044<b>Group:</b> Core
39045
39046<b>Size</b> of this type is 96 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
39047*/
39048
39049/*!
39050
39051\class ns3::zigbee::ZigbeeNwk
39052
39053Introspection did not find any typical Config paths.<br>
39054<h3>Attributes</h3>
39055<ul>
39056<li><b>MaxPendingTxQueueSize</b>: The maximum size of the table storing pending packets awaiting to be transmitted after discovering a route to the destination.
39057 <ul>
39058 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
39104<li><b>NwkcRREQRetries</b>: [Constant] The number of times the broadcast transmission of aRREQ cmd frame is retried on relay by intermediate router orcoordinator.
39105 <ul>
39106 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::UintegerValue</li>
39131<li><b>RreqRetriesExhausted</b>: Trace source indicating when a node has reached the maximum allowed number of RREQ retries during a route discovery request<br> <ul>
39252<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.
39253 <ul>
39254 <li>Set with class: \ref ns3::IntegerValue</li>
39261No TraceSources are defined for this type.<br>
39262<b>Group:</b> Core
39263
39264<b>Size</b> of this type is 104 bytes (on a 64-bit architecture).
39265*/
39266
39267/*!
39268\page TypeIdList All ns3::TypeId's
39269
39270This is a list of all \ref ns3::TypeId's.
39271For more information see the \ref ns3::TypeId section of this API documentation and the %TypeId section in the Configuration and %Attributes chapter of the Manual.
40056This is a list of all \ref attributes classes. For more information see the \ref attributes section of this API documentation and the Attributes sections in the Tutorial and Manual.
40057
40058<b>ns3::A2A4RsrqHandoverAlgorithm</b><br>
40059<ul>
40060<li><b>NeighbourCellOffset</b>: Minimum offset between the serving and the best neighbour cell to trigger the handover. Expressed in quantized range of [0..34] as per Section 9.1.7 of 3GPP TS 36.133.</li>
40061<li><b>ServingCellThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of the serving cell is worse than this threshold, neighbour cells are consider for handover. Expressed in quantized range of [0..34] as per Section 9.1.7 of 3GPP TS 36.133.</li>
40062</ul>
40063<b>ns3::A3RsrpHandoverAlgorithm</b><br>
40064<ul>
40065<li><b>Hysteresis</b>: Handover margin (hysteresis) in dB (rounded to the nearest multiple of 0.5 dB)</li>
40066<li><b>TimeToTrigger</b>: Time during which neighbour cell's RSRP must continuously higher than serving cell's RSRP in order to trigger a handover</li>
40067</ul>
40068<b>ns3::AarfcdWifiManager</b><br>
40069<ul>
40070<li><b>MaxRtsWnd</b>: Maximum value for RTS window of AARF-CD</li>
40071<li><b>MaxSuccessThreshold</b>: Maximum value of the success threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40072<li><b>MinRtsWnd</b>: Minimum value for RTS window of AARF-CD</li>
40073<li><b>MinSuccessThreshold</b>: The minimum value for the success threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40074<li><b>MinTimerThreshold</b>: The minimum value for the 'timer' threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40075<li><b>SuccessK</b>: Multiplication factor for the success threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40076<li><b>TimerK</b>: Multiplication factor for the timer threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40077<li><b>TurnOffRtsAfterRateDecrease</b>: If true the RTS mechanism will be turned off when the rate will be decreased</li>
40078<li><b>TurnOnRtsAfterRateIncrease</b>: If true the RTS mechanism will be turned on when the rate will be increased</li>
40079</ul>
40080<b>ns3::AarfWifiManager</b><br>
40081<ul>
40082<li><b>MaxSuccessThreshold</b>: Maximum value of the success threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40083<li><b>MinSuccessThreshold</b>: The minimum value for the success threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40084<li><b>MinTimerThreshold</b>: The minimum value for the 'timer' threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40085<li><b>SuccessK</b>: Multiplication factor for the success threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40086<li><b>TimerK</b>: Multiplication factor for the timer threshold in the AARF algorithm.</li>
40087</ul>
40088<b>ns3::AcousticModemEnergyModel</b><br>
40089<ul>
40090<li><b>IdlePowerW</b>: The modem Idle power in Watts</li>
40091<li><b>RxPowerW</b>: The modem Rx power in Watts</li>
40092<li><b>SleepPowerW</b>: The modem Sleep power in Watts</li>
40093<li><b>TxPowerW</b>: The modem Tx power in Watts</li>
40094</ul>
40095<b>ns3::AdvancedApEmlsrManager</b><br>
40096<ul>
40097<li><b>EarlySwitchToListening</b>: Whether the AP MLD assumes that an EMLSR client is able to detect at the end of the MAC header that a PSDU is not addressed to it and immediately starts switching to listening mode.</li>
40098<li><b>ReportFailedIcf</b>: Whether the AP MLD shall report an ICF failure to the remote station manager when all the clients solicited by the MU-RTS are EMLSR clients that have sent (or are sending) a frame to the AP on another link.</li>
40099<li><b>UpdateCwAfterFailedIcf</b>: Whether the AP MLD shall double the CW upon CTS timeout after an MU-RTS in case all the clients solicited by the MU-RTS are EMLSR clients that have sent (or are sending) a frame to the AP on another link.</li>
40100<li><b>UseNotifiedMacHdr</b>: Whether to use the information about the MAC header of the MPDU being received, if notified by the PHY.</li>
40101<li><b>WaitTransDelayOnPsduRxError</b>: If true, the AP MLD waits for a response timeout after a PSDU reception error before starting the transition delay for the EMLSR client that sent the failed PSDU. Otherwise, the AP MLD does not start the transition delay timer for the EMLSR client that sent the failed PSDU.</li>
40102</ul>
40103<b>ns3::AdvancedEmlsrManager</b><br>
40104<ul>
40105<li><b>AllowUlTxopInRx</b>: Whether a (main or aux) PHY is allowed to start an UL TXOP if another PHY is receiving a PPDU (possibly starting a DL TXOP). If this attribute is true, the PPDU may be dropped.</li>
40106<li><b>InterruptSwitch</b>: Whether the main PHY can be interrupted while switching to start switching to another link.</li>
40107<li><b>SwitchMainPhyBackDelay</b>: Duration of the timer started in case of non-TX capable aux PHY (that does not switch link) when medium is sensed busy during the PIFS interval preceding/following the main PHY switch end. When the timer expires, the main PHY is switched back to the preferred link.</li>
40108<li><b>UseAuxPhyCca</b>: Whether the CCA performed in the last PIFS interval by a non-TX capable aux PHY should be used when the main PHY ends switching to the aux PHY's link to determine whether TX can start or not (and what bandwidth can be used for transmission) independently of whether the aux PHY bandwidth is smaller than the main PHY bandwidth or not.</li>
40109</ul>
40110<b>ns3::AlohaNoackNetDevice</b><br>
40111<ul>
40112<li><b>Address</b>: The MAC address of this device.</li>
40113<li><b>Mtu</b>: The Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
40114<li><b>Phy</b>: The PHY layer attached to this device.</li>
40115<li><b>Queue</b>: packets being transmitted get queued here</li>
40116</ul>
40117<b>ns3::AmrrWifiManager</b><br>
40118<ul>
40119<li><b>FailureRatio</b>: Ratio of minimum erroneous transmissions needed to switch to a lower rate</li>
40120<li><b>MaxSuccessThreshold</b>: Maximum number of consecutive success periods needed to switch to a higher rate</li>
40121<li><b>MinSuccessThreshold</b>: Minimum number of consecutive success periods needed to switch to a higher rate</li>
40122<li><b>SuccessRatio</b>: Ratio of maximum erroneous transmissions needed to switch to a higher rate</li>
40123<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: The interval between decisions about rate control changes</li>
40124</ul>
40125<b>ns3::aodv::RoutingProtocol</b><br>
40126<ul>
40127<li><b>ActiveRouteTimeout</b>: Period of time during which the route is considered to be valid</li>
40128<li><b>AllowedHelloLoss</b>: Number of hello messages which may be loss for valid link.</li>
40129<li><b>BlackListTimeout</b>: Time for which the node is put into the blacklist = RreqRetries * NetTraversalTime</li>
40130<li><b>DeletePeriod</b>: DeletePeriod is intended to provide an upper bound on the time for which an upstream node A can have a neighbor B as an active next hop for destination D, while B has invalidated the route to D. = 5 * max (HelloInterval, ActiveRouteTimeout)</li>
40131<li><b>DestinationOnly</b>: Indicates only the destination may respond to this RREQ.</li>
40132<li><b>EnableBroadcast</b>: Indicates whether a broadcast data packets forwarding enable.</li>
40133<li><b>EnableHello</b>: Indicates whether a hello messages enable.</li>
40134<li><b>GratuitousReply</b>: Indicates whether a gratuitous RREP should be unicast to the node originated route discovery.</li>
40136<li><b>MaxQueueLen</b>: Maximum number of packets that we allow a routing protocol to buffer.</li>
40137<li><b>MaxQueueTime</b>: Maximum time packets can be queued (in seconds)</li>
40138<li><b>MyRouteTimeout</b>: Value of lifetime field in RREP generating by this node = 2 * max(ActiveRouteTimeout, PathDiscoveryTime)</li>
40139<li><b>NetDiameter</b>: Net diameter measures the maximum possible number of hops between two nodes in the network</li>
40140<li><b>NetTraversalTime</b>: Estimate of the average net traversal time = 2 * NodeTraversalTime * NetDiameter</li>
40141<li><b>NextHopWait</b>: Period of our waiting for the neighbour's RREP_ACK = 10 ms + NodeTraversalTime</li>
40142<li><b>NodeTraversalTime</b>: Conservative estimate of the average one hop traversal time for packets and should include queuing delays, interrupt processing times and transfer times.</li>
40143<li><b>PathDiscoveryTime</b>: Estimate of maximum time needed to find route in network = 2 * NetTraversalTime</li>
40144<li><b>RerrRateLimit</b>: Maximum number of RERR per second.</li>
40145<li><b>RreqRateLimit</b>: Maximum number of RREQ per second.</li>
40146<li><b>RreqRetries</b>: Maximum number of retransmissions of RREQ to discover a route</li>
40147<li><b>TimeoutBuffer</b>: Provide a buffer for the timeout.</li>
40148<li><b>TtlIncrement</b>: TTL increment for each attempt using the expanding ring search for RREQ dissemination.</li>
40149<li><b>TtlStart</b>: Initial TTL value for RREQ.</li>
40150<li><b>TtlThreshold</b>: Maximum TTL value for expanding ring search, TTL = NetDiameter is used beyond this value.</li>
40151<li><b>UniformRv</b>: Access to the underlying UniformRandomVariable</li>
40152</ul>
40153<b>ns3::AparfWifiManager</b><br>
40154<ul>
40155<li><b>FailThreshold</b>: The minimum number of failed transmissions to try a new power or rate.</li>
40156<li><b>PowerDecrementStep</b>: Step size for decrement the power.</li>
40157<li><b>PowerIncrementStep</b>: Step size for increment the power.</li>
40158<li><b>PowerThreshold</b>: The maximum number of power changes.</li>
40159<li><b>RateDecrementStep</b>: Step size for decrement the rate.</li>
40160<li><b>RateIncrementStep</b>: Step size for increment the rate.</li>
40161<li><b>SuccessThreshold1</b>: The minimum number of successful transmissions in "High" state to try a new power or rate.</li>
40162<li><b>SuccessThreshold2</b>: The minimum number of successful transmissions in "Low" state to try a new power or rate.</li>
40163</ul>
40164<b>ns3::Application</b><br>
40165<ul>
40166<li><b>StartTime</b>: Time at which the application will start</li>
40167<li><b>StopTime</b>: Time at which the application will stop</li>
40168</ul>
40169<b>ns3::ApWifiMac</b><br>
40170<ul>
40171<li><b>AifsnsForSta</b>: The AIFSN values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the AIFSN values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 3,3,3; VI 2,2,2" defines the AIFSN values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.</li>
40172<li><b>BeaconGeneration</b>: Whether or not beacons are generated.</li>
40173<li><b>BeaconInterval</b>: Delay between two beacons</li>
40174<li><b>BeaconJitter</b>: A uniform random variable to cause the initial beacon starting time (after simulation time 0) to be distributed between 0 and the BeaconInterval.</li>
40175<li><b>BsrLifetime</b>: Lifetime of Buffer Status Reports received from stations.</li>
40176<li><b>CwMaxsForSta</b>: The CW max values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the CW max values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 31,31,31; VI 15,15,15" defines the CW max values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.</li>
40177<li><b>CwMinsForSta</b>: The CW min values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the CW min values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 31,31,31; VI 15,15,15" defines the CW min values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.</li>
40178<li><b>EnableBeaconJitter</b>: If beacons are enabled, whether to jitter the initial send event.</li>
40179<li><b>EnableNonErpProtection</b>: Whether or not protection mechanism should be used when non-ERP STAs are present within the BSS.This parameter is only used when ERP is supported by the AP.</li>
40180<li><b>FdBeaconInterval6GHz</b>: Time between a Beacon frame and a FILS Discovery (FD) frame or between two FD frames to be sent on a 6GHz link. A value of zero disables the transmission of FD frames.</li>
40181<li><b>FdBeaconIntervalNon6GHz</b>: Time between a Beacon frame and a FILS Discovery (FD) frame or between two FD frames to be sent on a non-6GHz link. A value of zero disables the transmission of FD frames.</li>
40182<li><b>GcrManager</b>: The GCR manager object.</li>
40183<li><b>SendUnsolProbeResp</b>: Send unsolicited broadcast Probe Response instead of FILS Discovery</li>
40184<li><b>TxopLimitsForSta</b>: The TXOP limit values that the AP advertises in EDCA Parameter Set elements and the associated stations will use. The value of this attribute is an AC-indexed map containing the TXOP limit values for given ACs for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). If no values are provided for an AC, the same values used by the AP are advertised. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the AC index and the list of values are separated by a blank space, and the values of a list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g. "BE 3200us,3200us,3200us; VI 2400us,2400us,2400us" defines the TXOP limit values for AC BE and AC VI for an AP MLD having three links.</li>
40185</ul>
40186<b>ns3::ArfWifiManager</b><br>
40187<ul>
40188<li><b>SuccessThreshold</b>: The minimum number of successful transmissions to try a new rate.</li>
40189<li><b>TimerThreshold</b>: The 'timer' threshold in the ARF algorithm.</li>
40190</ul>
40191<b>ns3::ArpCache</b><br>
40192<ul>
40193<li><b>AliveTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, the matching cache entry needs refreshing</li>
40194<li><b>DeadTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, a new attempt to resolve the matching entry is made</li>
40195<li><b>MaxRetries</b>: Number of retransmissions of ArpRequest before marking dead</li>
40196<li><b>PendingQueueSize</b>: The size of the queue for packets pending an arp reply.</li>
40197<li><b>WaitReplyTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, the cache entries will be scanned and entries in WaitReply state will resend ArpRequest unless MaxRetries has been exceeded, in which case the entry is marked dead</li>
40198</ul>
40199<b>ns3::ArpL3Protocol</b><br>
40200<ul>
40201<li><b>CacheList</b>: The list of ARP caches</li>
40202<li><b>RequestJitter</b>: The jitter in ms a node is allowed to wait before sending an ARP request. Some jitter aims to prevent collisions. By default, the model will wait for a duration in ms defined by a uniform random-variable between 0 and RequestJitter</li>
40203</ul>
40204<b>ns3::AthstatsWifiTraceSink</b><br>
40205<ul>
40206<li><b>Interval</b>: Time interval between reports</li>
40207</ul>
40208<b>ns3::BaseStationNetDevice</b><br>
40209<ul>
40210<li><b>BSScheduler</b>: Downlink Scheduler for BS</li>
40211<li><b>BsIpcsPacketClassifier</b>: The uplink IP packet classifier attached to this device.</li>
40212<li><b>BwReqOppSize</b>: The bandwidth request opportunity size in symbols</li>
40213<li><b>DcdInterval</b>: Time between transmission of DCD messages. Maximum value is 10s.</li>
40214<li><b>InitialRangInterval</b>: Time between Initial Ranging regions assigned by the BS. Maximum is 2s</li>
40215<li><b>IntervalT8</b>: Wait for DSA/DSC Acknowledge timeout. Maximum 300ms.</li>
40216<li><b>LinkManager</b>: The link manager attached to this device.</li>
40217<li><b>MaxRangCorrectionRetries</b>: Number of retries on contention Ranging Requests</li>
40218<li><b>RangReqOppSize</b>: The ranging opportunity size in symbols</li>
40219<li><b>SSManager</b>: The ss manager attached to this device.</li>
40220<li><b>Scheduler</b>: The BS scheduler attached to this device.</li>
40221<li><b>ServiceFlowManager</b>: The service flow manager attached to this device.</li>
40222<li><b>UcdInterval</b>: Time between transmission of UCD messages. Maximum value is 10s.</li>
40223<li><b>UplinkScheduler</b>: The uplink scheduler attached to this device.</li>
40224</ul>
40225<b>ns3::BernoulliRandomVariable</b><br>
40226<ul>
40227<li><b>Probability</b>: The probability of the random variable returning a value of 1.</li>
40228</ul>
40229<b>ns3::BinomialRandomVariable</b><br>
40230<ul>
40231<li><b>Probability</b>: The probability of success in each trial.</li>
40232<li><b>Trials</b>: The number of trials.</li>
40233</ul>
40234<b>ns3::BridgeNetDevice</b><br>
40235<ul>
40236<li><b>EnableLearning</b>: Enable the learning mode of the Learning Bridge</li>
40237<li><b>ExpirationTime</b>: Time it takes for learned MAC state entry to expire.</li>
40238<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
40239</ul>
40240<b>ns3::Building</b><br>
40241<ul>
40242<li><b>Boundaries</b>: The boundaries of this Building as a value of type ns3::Box</li>
40243<li><b>ExternalWallsType</b>: The type of material of which the external walls are made</li>
40244<li><b>Id</b>: The id (unique integer) of this Building.</li>
40245<li><b>NFloors</b>: The number of floors of this building.</li>
40246<li><b>NRoomsX</b>: The number of rooms in the X axis.</li>
40247<li><b>NRoomsY</b>: The number of rooms in the Y axis.</li>
40248<li><b>Type</b>: The type of building</li>
40249</ul>
40250<b>ns3::BuildingListPriv</b><br>
40251<ul>
40252<li><b>BuildingList</b>: The list of all buildings created during the simulation.</li>
40256<li><b>InternalWallLoss</b>: Additional loss for each internal wall [dB]</li>
40257<li><b>ShadowSigmaExtWalls</b>: Standard deviation of the normal distribution used to calculate the shadowing due to ext walls</li>
40258<li><b>ShadowSigmaIndoor</b>: Standard deviation of the normal distribution used to calculate the shadowing for indoor nodes</li>
40259<li><b>ShadowSigmaOutdoor</b>: Standard deviation of the normal distribution used to calculate the shadowing for outdoor nodes</li>
40260</ul>
40261<b>ns3::BulkSendApplication</b><br>
40262<ul>
40263<li><b>EnableSeqTsSizeHeader</b>: Add SeqTsSizeHeader to each packet</li>
40264<li><b>MaxBytes</b>: The total number of bytes to send. Once these bytes are sent, no data is sent again. The value zero means that there is no limit.</li>
40265<li><b>Protocol</b>: The type of protocol to use.</li>
40266<li><b>SendSize</b>: The amount of data to send each time.</li>
40267</ul>
40268<b>ns3::BurstErrorModel</b><br>
40269<ul>
40270<li><b>BurstSize</b>: The number of packets being corrupted at one drop.</li>
40271<li><b>BurstStart</b>: The decision variable attached to this error model.</li>
40272<li><b>ErrorRate</b>: The burst error event.</li>
40273</ul>
40274<b>ns3::CalendarScheduler</b><br>
40275<ul>
40276<li><b>Reverse</b>: Store events in reverse chronological order</li>
40277</ul>
40278<b>ns3::CaraWifiManager</b><br>
40279<ul>
40280<li><b>FailureThreshold</b>: The number of consecutive transmissions failure to decrease the rate.</li>
40281<li><b>ProbeThreshold</b>: The number of consecutive transmissions failure to activate the RTS probe.</li>
40282<li><b>SuccessThreshold</b>: The minimum number of successful transmissions to try a new rate.</li>
40283<li><b>Timeout</b>: The 'timer' in the CARA algorithm</li>
40284</ul>
40285<b>ns3::CcHelper</b><br>
40286<ul>
40287<li><b>DlBandwidth</b>: Set Dl Bandwidth for the first carrier component</li>
40288<li><b>DlEarfcn</b>: Set Dl Channel [EARFCN] for the first carrier component</li>
40289<li><b>NumberOfComponentCarriers</b>: Set the number of Component Carriers to setup per eNodeBCurrently the maximum Number of Component Carriers allowed is 2</li>
40290<li><b>UlBandwidth</b>: Set Dl Bandwidth for the first carrier component</li>
40291<li><b>UlEarfcn</b>: Set Ul Channel [EARFCN] for the first carrier component</li>
40292</ul>
40293<b>ns3::Channel</b><br>
40294<ul>
40295<li><b>Id</b>: The id (unique integer) of this Channel.</li>
40296</ul>
40297<b>ns3::ChannelAccessManager</b><br>
40298<ul>
40299<li><b>GenerateBackoffIfTxopWithoutTx</b>: Specify whether the backoff should be invoked when the AC gains the right to start a TXOP but it does not transmit any frame (e.g., due to constraints associated with EMLSR operations), provided that the queue is not actually empty.</li>
40300<li><b>NSlotsLeft</b>: Fire the NSlotsLeftAlert trace source when the backoff counter with the minimum value among all ACs reaches this value or it is started with a value less than this attribute. If this value is zero, the trace source is never fired.</li>
40301<li><b>ProactiveBackoff</b>: Specify whether a new backoff value is generated when a CCA busy period starts, the backoff counter is zero and the station is not a TXOP holder. This is useful to generate a new backoff value when, e.g., the backoff counter reaches zero, the station does not transmit and subsequently the medium becomes busy.</li>
40302</ul>
40303<b>ns3::ChannelListPriv</b><br>
40304<ul>
40305<li><b>ChannelList</b>: The list of all channels created during the simulation.</li>
40306</ul>
40307<b>ns3::CircularApertureAntennaModel</b><br>
40308<ul>
40309<li><b>AntennaCircularApertureRadius</b>: The radius of the aperture of the antenna, in meters</li>
40310<li><b>AntennaMaxGainDb</b>: The maximum gain value in dB of the antenna</li>
40311<li><b>AntennaMinGainDb</b>: The minimum gain value in dB of the antenna</li>
40312<li><b>ForceGainBounds</b>: Force GetGainDb to [AntennaMinGainDb, AntennaMaxGainDb] range</li>
40313<li><b>OperatingFrequency</b>: The operating frequency in Hz of the antenna</li>
40314</ul>
40315<b>ns3::CobaltQueueDisc</b><br>
40316<ul>
40317<li><b>BlueThreshold</b>: The Threshold after which Blue is enabled</li>
40318<li><b>CeThreshold</b>: The CoDel CE threshold for marking packets</li>
40321<li><b>Interval</b>: The Cobalt algorithm interval</li>
40322<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The maximum number of packets/bytes accepted by this queue disc.</li>
40323<li><b>Pdrop</b>: Marking Probability</li>
40324<li><b>Target</b>: The Cobalt algorithm target queue delay</li>
40325<li><b>UseEcn</b>: True to use ECN (packets are marked instead of being dropped)</li>
40326<li><b>UseL4s</b>: True to use L4S (only ECT1 packets are marked at CE threshold)</li>
40327</ul>
40328<b>ns3::CoDelQueueDisc</b><br>
40329<ul>
40330<li><b>CeThreshold</b>: The CoDel CE threshold for marking packets</li>
40331<li><b>Interval</b>: The CoDel algorithm interval</li>
40332<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The maximum number of packets/bytes accepted by this queue disc.</li>
40333<li><b>MinBytes</b>: The CoDel algorithm minbytes parameter.</li>
40334<li><b>Target</b>: The CoDel algorithm target queue delay</li>
40335<li><b>UseEcn</b>: True to use ECN (packets are marked instead of being dropped)</li>
40336<li><b>UseL4s</b>: True to use L4S (only ECT1 packets are marked at CE threshold)</li>
40337</ul>
40338<b>ns3::ComponentCarrier</b><br>
40339<ul>
40340<li><b>CsgId</b>: The Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) identity that this eNodeB belongs to</li>
40341<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.</li>
40342<li><b>DlBandwidth</b>: Downlink Transmission Bandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Blocks</li>
40343<li><b>DlEarfcn</b>: Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) as per 3GPP 36.101 Section 5.7.3.</li>
40344<li><b>PrimaryCarrier</b>: If true, this Carrier Component will be the Primary Carrier Component (PCC) Only one PCC per eNodeB is (currently) allowed</li>
40345<li><b>UlBandwidth</b>: Uplink Transmission Bandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Blocks</li>
40346<li><b>UlEarfcn</b>: Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) as per 3GPP 36.101 Section 5.7.3.</li>
40347</ul>
40348<b>ns3::ComponentCarrierEnb</b><br>
40349<ul>
40350<li><b>FfMacScheduler</b>: The scheduler associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
40351<li><b>LteEnbMac</b>: The MAC associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
40352<li><b>LteEnbPhy</b>: The PHY associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
40353<li><b>LteFfrAlgorithm</b>: The FFR algorithm associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
40354</ul>
40355<b>ns3::ComponentCarrierUe</b><br>
40356<ul>
40357<li><b>LteUeMac</b>: The MAC associated to this UeNetDevice</li>
40358<li><b>LteUePhy</b>: The PHY associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
40359</ul>
40360<b>ns3::ConfigStore</b><br>
40361<ul>
40362<li><b>FileFormat</b>: Type of file format</li>
40363<li><b>Filename</b>: The file where the configuration should be saved to or loaded from.</li>
40364<li><b>Mode</b>: Configuration mode</li>
40365<li><b>SaveDeprecated</b>: Save DEPRECATED attributes</li>
40366</ul>
40367<b>ns3::ConstantRandomVariable</b><br>
40368<ul>
40369<li><b>Constant</b>: The constant value returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40370</ul>
40371<b>ns3::ConstantRateWifiManager</b><br>
40372<ul>
40373<li><b>ControlMode</b>: The transmission mode to use for every RTS packet transmission.</li>
40374<li><b>DataMode</b>: The transmission mode to use for every data packet transmission</li>
40382<li><b>Speed</b>: The propagation speed (m/s) in the propagation medium being considered. The default value is the propagation speed of light in the vacuum.</li>
40383</ul>
40384<b>ns3::CosineAntennaModel</b><br>
40385<ul>
40386<li><b>HorizontalBeamwidth</b>: The 3 dB horizontal beamwidth (degrees). A beamwidth of 360 deg corresponds to constant gain</li>
40387<li><b>MaxGain</b>: The gain (dB) at the antenna boresight (the direction of maximum gain)</li>
40388<li><b>Orientation</b>: The angle (degrees) that expresses the orientation of the antenna on the x-y plane relative to the x axis</li>
40389<li><b>VerticalBeamwidth</b>: The 3 dB vertical beamwidth (degrees). A beamwidth of 360 deg corresponds to constant gain</li>
40390</ul>
40391<b>ns3::Cost231PropagationLossModel</b><br>
40392<ul>
40393<li><b>BSAntennaHeight</b>: BS Antenna Height (default is 50m).</li>
40394<li><b>Frequency</b>: The Frequency (default is 2.3 GHz).</li>
40395<li><b>Lambda</b>: The wavelength (default is 2.3 GHz at 300 000 km/s).</li>
40396<li><b>MinDistance</b>: The distance under which the propagation model refuses to give results (m).</li>
40397<li><b>SSAntennaHeight</b>: SS Antenna Height (default is 3m).</li>
40398</ul>
40399<b>ns3::CqaFfMacScheduler</b><br>
40400<ul>
40401<li><b>CqaMetric</b>: CqaFfMacScheduler metric type that can be: CqaFf, CqaPf</li>
40402<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
40403<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
40404<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
40405</ul>
40406<b>ns3::CsmaChannel</b><br>
40407<ul>
40408<li><b>DataRate</b>: The transmission data rate to be provided to devices connected to the channel</li>
40409<li><b>Delay</b>: Transmission delay through the channel</li>
40410</ul>
40411<b>ns3::CsmaNetDevice</b><br>
40412<ul>
40413<li><b>Address</b>: The MAC address of this device.</li>
40414<li><b>EncapsulationMode</b>: The link-layer encapsulation type to use.</li>
40415<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
40416<li><b>ReceiveEnable</b>: Enable or disable the receiver section of the device.</li>
40417<li><b>ReceiveErrorModel</b>: The receiver error model used to simulate packet loss</li>
40418<li><b>SendEnable</b>: Enable or disable the transmitter section of the device.</li>
40419<li><b>TxQueue</b>: A queue to use as the transmit queue in the device.</li>
40428<li><b>SwitchAuxPhy</b>: Whether Aux PHY should switch channel to operate on the link on which the Main PHY was operating before moving to the link of the Aux PHY. Note that, if the Aux PHY does not switch channel, the main PHY will switch back to its previous link once the TXOP terminates (otherwise, no PHY will be listening on that EMLSR link).</li>
40429</ul>
40430<b>ns3::DhcpClient</b><br>
40431<ul>
40432<li><b>Collect</b>: Time for which offer collection starts</li>
40433<li><b>RTRS</b>: Time for retransmission of Discover message</li>
40434<li><b>ReRequest</b>: Time after which request will be resent to next server</li>
40435<li><b>Transactions</b>: The possible value of transaction numbers</li>
40436</ul>
40437<b>ns3::DhcpServer</b><br>
40438<ul>
40439<li><b>FirstAddress</b>: The First valid address that can be given.</li>
40440<li><b>Gateway</b>: Address of default gateway</li>
40441<li><b>LastAddress</b>: The Last valid address that can be given.</li>
40442<li><b>LeaseTime</b>: Lease for which address will be leased.</li>
40443<li><b>PoolAddresses</b>: Pool of addresses to provide on request.</li>
40444<li><b>PoolMask</b>: Mask of the pool of addresses.</li>
40445<li><b>RebindTime</b>: Time after which client should rebind.</li>
40446<li><b>RenewTime</b>: Time after which client should renew.</li>
40484<li><b>MaxBeaconShiftValue</b>: Maximum number of TUs for beacon shifting</li>
40485<li><b>MaxNumberOfPeerLinks</b>: Maximum number of peer links</li>
40486</ul>
40487<b>ns3::Dot11sStack</b><br>
40488<ul>
40489<li><b>Root</b>: The MAC address of root mesh point.</li>
40490</ul>
40491<b>ns3::DropTailQueue<Packet></b><br>
40492<ul>
40493<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The max queue size</li>
40494</ul>
40495<b>ns3::DropTailQueue<QueueDiscItem></b><br>
40496<ul>
40497<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The max queue size</li>
40498</ul>
40499<b>ns3::dsdv::RoutingProtocol</b><br>
40500<ul>
40501<li><b>EnableBuffering</b>: Enables buffering of data packets if no route to destination is available</li>
40502<li><b>EnableRouteAggregation</b>: Enables Weighted Settling Time for the updates before advertising</li>
40503<li><b>EnableWST</b>: Enables Weighted Settling Time for the updates before advertising</li>
40504<li><b>Holdtimes</b>: Times the forwarding Interval to purge the route.</li>
40505<li><b>MaxQueueLen</b>: Maximum number of packets that we allow a routing protocol to buffer.</li>
40506<li><b>MaxQueueTime</b>: Maximum time packets can be queued (in seconds)</li>
40507<li><b>MaxQueuedPacketsPerDst</b>: Maximum number of packets that we allow per destination to buffer.</li>
40508<li><b>PeriodicUpdateInterval</b>: Periodic interval between exchange of full routing tables among nodes.</li>
40509<li><b>RouteAggregationTime</b>: Time to aggregate updates before sending them out (in seconds)</li>
40510<li><b>SettlingTime</b>: Minimum time an update is to be stored in adv table before sending out in case of change in metric (in seconds)</li>
40511<li><b>WeightedFactor</b>: WeightedFactor for the settling time if Weighted Settling Time is enabled</li>
40512</ul>
40513<b>ns3::dsr::DsrOptions</b><br>
40514<ul>
40515<li><b>OptionNumber</b>: The Dsr option number.</li>
40516</ul>
40517<b>ns3::dsr::DsrRouting</b><br>
40518<ul>
40519<li><b>BlacklistTimeout</b>: The time for a neighbor to stay in blacklist.</li>
40520<li><b>BroadcastJitter</b>: The jitter time to avoid collision for broadcast packets.</li>
40521<li><b>CacheType</b>: Use Link Cache or use Path Cache</li>
40522<li><b>DiscoveryHopLimit</b>: The max discovery hop limit for route requests.</li>
40523<li><b>EnableSubRoute</b>: Enables saving of sub route when receiving route error messages, only available when using path route cache</li>
40524<li><b>GraReplyTableSize</b>: The gratuitous reply table size.</li>
40525<li><b>GratReplyHoldoff</b>: The time for gratuitous reply entry to expire.</li>
40526<li><b>InitStability</b>: The initial stability factor for link cache</li>
40527<li><b>LinkAckTimeout</b>: The time a packet in maintenance buffer wait for link acknowledgment.</li>
40528<li><b>LinkAcknowledgment</b>: Enable Link layer acknowledgment mechanism</li>
40529<li><b>MaintenanceRetries</b>: Maximum number of retransmissions for data packets from maintenance buffer.</li>
40530<li><b>MaxCacheLen</b>: Maximum number of route entries that can be stored in route cache.</li>
40531<li><b>MaxEntriesEachDst</b>: Maximum number of route entries for a single destination to respond.</li>
40532<li><b>MaxMaintLen</b>: Maximum number of packets that can be stored in maintenance buffer.</li>
40533<li><b>MaxMaintTime</b>: Maximum time packets can be queued in maintenance buffer.</li>
40534<li><b>MaxNetworkQueueDelay</b>: The max time for a packet to stay in the network queue.</li>
40535<li><b>MaxNetworkQueueSize</b>: The max number of packet to save in the network queue.</li>
40536<li><b>MaxRequestPeriod</b>: The max time interval between route requests.</li>
40537<li><b>MaxSalvageCount</b>: The max salvage count for a single data packet.</li>
40538<li><b>MaxSendBuffLen</b>: Maximum number of packets that can be stored in send buffer.</li>
40539<li><b>MaxSendBuffTime</b>: Maximum time packets can be queued in the send buffer .</li>
40540<li><b>MinLifeTime</b>: The minimal life time for link cache</li>
40541<li><b>NodeTraversalTime</b>: The time it takes to traverse two neighboring nodes.</li>
40542<li><b>NonPropRequestTimeout</b>: The timeout value for non-propagation request.</li>
40543<li><b>NumPriorityQueues</b>: The max number of packet to save in the network queue.</li>
40544<li><b>PassiveAckTimeout</b>: The time a packet in maintenance buffer wait for passive acknowledgment.</li>
40545<li><b>PassiveBuffer</b>: The passive buffer to manage promiscuously received passive ack.</li>
40546<li><b>RequestIdSize</b>: Maximum number of request source Ids in the request table.</li>
40547<li><b>RequestPeriod</b>: The base time interval between route requests.</li>
40548<li><b>RequestTableSize</b>: Maximum number of request entries in the request table, set this as the number of nodes in the simulation.</li>
40549<li><b>RetransIncr</b>: The increase time for retransmission timer when facing network congestion</li>
40550<li><b>RouteCache</b>: The route cache for saving routes from route discovery process.</li>
40551<li><b>RouteCacheTimeout</b>: Maximum time the route cache can be queued in route cache.</li>
40552<li><b>RreqRetries</b>: Maximum number of retransmissions for request discovery of a route.</li>
40553<li><b>RreqTable</b>: The request table to manage route requests.</li>
40554<li><b>SendBuffInterval</b>: How often to check send buffer for packet with route.</li>
40555<li><b>StabilityDecrFactor</b>: The stability decrease factor for link cache</li>
40556<li><b>StabilityIncrFactor</b>: The stability increase factor for link cache</li>
40557<li><b>TryLinkAcks</b>: The number of link acknowledgment to use.</li>
40558<li><b>TryPassiveAcks</b>: The number of passive acknowledgment to use.</li>
40559<li><b>UniqueRequestIdSize</b>: Maximum number of request Ids in the request table for a single destination.</li>
40560<li><b>UseExtends</b>: The extension time for link cache</li>
40561</ul>
40562<b>ns3::DynamicQueueLimits</b><br>
40563<ul>
40564<li><b>HoldTime</b>: The DQL algorithm hold time</li>
40565<li><b>MaxLimit</b>: Maximum limit</li>
40566<li><b>MinLimit</b>: Minimum limit</li>
40567</ul>
40568<b>ns3::EhtConfiguration</b><br>
40569<ul>
40570<li><b>EmlsrActivated</b>: Whether EMLSR option is activated. If activated, EMLSR mode can be enabled on the EMLSR links by an installed EMLSR Manager.</li>
40571<li><b>MediumSyncDuration</b>: The duration of the MediumSyncDelay timer (must be a multiple of 32 us). The value of this attribute is only used by AP MLDs with EMLSR activated.</li>
40572<li><b>MsdMaxNTxops</b>: Maximum number of TXOPs that an EMLSR client is allowed to attempt to initiate while the MediumSyncDelay timer is running (zero indicates no limit). The value of this attribute is only used by AP MLDs with EMLSR activated.</li>
40573<li><b>MsdOfdmEdThreshold</b>: Threshold (dBm) to be used instead of the normal CCA sensitivity for the primary 20 MHz channel if the MediumSyncDelay timer has a nonzero value. The value of this attribute is only used by AP MLDs with EMLSR activated.</li>
40574<li><b>TidToLinkMappingDl</b>: A list-of-TIDs-indexed map of the list of links where the TIDs are mapped to for the downlink direction. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the (TID list, link list) pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the TID list and the link list are separated by a blank space, and the elements of each list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g., "0,4 1,2,3; 1 0;2 0,1" means that TIDs 0 and 4 are mapped on links 1, 2 and 3; TID 1 is mapped on link 0 and TID 2 is mapped on links 0 and 1. An empty map indicates the default mapping, i.e., all TIDs are mapped to all setup links. If the map contains the mapping for some TID(s), the mapping corresponding to the missing TID(s) remains unchanged. A non-AP MLD includes this mapping in the Association Request frame sent to an AP MLD, unless the AP MLD advertises a negotiation support of 1 and this mapping is such that TIDs are mapped to distinct link sets, in which case the default mapping is included.</li>
40576<li><b>TidToLinkMappingUl</b>: A list-of-TIDs-indexed map of the list of links where the TIDs are mapped to for the uplink direction. In case a string is used to set this attribute, the string shall contain the (TID list, link list) pairs separated by a semicolon (;); in every pair, the TID list and the link list are separated by a blank space, and the elements of each list are separated by a comma (,) without spaces. E.g., "0,4 1,2,3; 1 0;2 0,1" means that TIDs 0 and 4 are mapped on links 1, 2 and 3; TID 1 is mapped on link 0 and TID 2 is mapped on links 0 and 1. An empty map indicates the default mapping, i.e., all TIDs are mapped to all setup links. If the map contains the mapping for some TID(s), the mapping corresponding to the missing TID(s) remains unchanged. A non-AP MLD includes this mapping in the Association Request frame sent to an AP MLD, unless the AP MLD advertises a negotiation support of 1 and this mapping is such that TIDs are mapped to distinct link sets, in which case the default mapping is included.</li>
40577<li><b>TransitionTimeout</b>: The Transition Timeout (not used by non-AP MLDs). Possible values are 0us or 2^n us, with n=7..16.</li>
40578</ul>
40579<b>ns3::EmlsrManager</b><br>
40580<ul>
40581<li><b>AuxPhyChannelWidth</b>: The maximum channel width (MHz) supported by Aux PHYs. Note that the maximum channel width is capped to the maximum channel width supported by the configured maximum modulation class supported.</li>
40582<li><b>AuxPhyMaxModClass</b>: The maximum modulation class supported by Aux PHYs. Use WIFI_MOD_CLASS_OFDM for non-HT.</li>
40583<li><b>AuxPhyTxCapable</b>: Whether Aux PHYs are capable of transmitting PPDUs.</li>
40584<li><b>EmlsrLinkSet</b>: IDs of the links on which EMLSR mode will be enabled. An empty set indicates to disable EMLSR.</li>
40585<li><b>EmlsrPaddingDelay</b>: The EMLSR Paddind Delay (not used by AP MLDs). Possible values are 0 us, 32 us, 64 us, 128 us or 256 us.</li>
40586<li><b>EmlsrTransitionDelay</b>: The EMLSR Transition Delay (not used by AP MLDs). Possible values are 0 us, 16 us, 32 us, 64 us, 128 us or 256 us.</li>
40587<li><b>InDeviceInterference</b>: Whether in-device interference is such that a PHY cannot decode anything and cannot decrease the backoff counter when another PHY of the same device is transmitting.</li>
40588<li><b>MainPhyId</b>: The ID of the main PHY (position in the vector of PHYs held by WifiNetDevice). This attribute cannot be set after construction.</li>
40589<li><b>PutAuxPhyToSleep</b>: Whether Aux PHYs should be put into sleep mode while the Main PHY is carrying out a (DL or UL) TXOP. Specifically, for DL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep after receiving the ICF; for UL TXOPs, aux PHYs are put to sleep when the CTS frame is received, if RTS/CTS is used, or when the transmission of the data frame starts, otherwise. Aux PHYs are resumed from sleep when the TXOP ends.</li>
40590<li><b>ResetCamState</b>: Whether to reset the state of the ChannelAccessManager associated with the link on which the main PHY has just switched to.</li>
40591<li><b>UseNotifiedMacHdr</b>: Whether to use the information about the MAC header of the MPDU being received, if notified by the PHY.</li>
40592</ul>
40593<b>ns3::EmpiricalRandomVariable</b><br>
40594<ul>
40595<li><b>Interpolate</b>: Treat the CDF as a smooth distribution and interpolate, default is to treat the CDF as a histogram and sample.</li>
40596</ul>
40597<b>ns3::EmuEpcHelper</b><br>
40598<ul>
40599<li><b>EnbDeviceName</b>: The name of the device used for the S1-U interface of the eNB</li>
40600<li><b>EnbMacAddressBase</b>: First 5 bytes of the eNB MAC address base</li>
40601<li><b>SgwDeviceName</b>: The name of the device used for the S1-U interface of the SGW</li>
40602<li><b>SgwMacAddress</b>: MAC address used for the SGW</li>
40603</ul>
40604<b>ns3::energy::BasicEnergyHarvester</b><br>
40605<ul>
40606<li><b>HarvestablePower</b>: The harvestable power [Watts] that the energy harvester is allowed to harvest. By default, the model will allow to harvest an amount of power defined by a uniformly distributed random variable in 0 and 2.0 Watts</li>
40607<li><b>PeriodicHarvestedPowerUpdateInterval</b>: Time between two consecutive periodic updates of the harvested power. By default, the value is updated every 1 s</li>
40608</ul>
40609<b>ns3::energy::BasicEnergySource</b><br>
40610<ul>
40611<li><b>BasicEnergyHighBatteryThreshold</b>: High battery threshold for basic energy source.</li>
40612<li><b>BasicEnergyLowBatteryThreshold</b>: Low battery threshold for basic energy source.</li>
40613<li><b>BasicEnergySourceInitialEnergyJ</b>: Initial energy stored in basic energy source.</li>
40614<li><b>BasicEnergySupplyVoltageV</b>: Initial supply voltage for basic energy source.</li>
40615<li><b>PeriodicEnergyUpdateInterval</b>: Time between two consecutive periodic energy updates.</li>
40616</ul>
40617<b>ns3::energy::GenericBatteryModel</b><br>
40618<ul>
40619<li><b>BatteryType</b>: Indicates the battery type used by the model</li>
40620<li><b>CutoffVoltage</b>: The voltage where the battery is considered depleted (V).</li>
40621<li><b>ExponentialCapacity</b>: (Q_exp) Cell Capacity at the end of the exponential zone (Ah).</li>
40622<li><b>ExponentialVoltage</b>: (V_exp) Cell voltage at the end of the exponential zone (V).</li>
40623<li><b>FullVoltage</b>: (Q_full) The voltage of the cell when fully charged (V).</li>
40624<li><b>InternalResistance</b>: (R) Internal resistance of the cell (Ohms)</li>
40625<li><b>LowBatteryThreshold</b>: Low battery threshold for generic battery model.</li>
40626<li><b>MaxCapacity</b>: (Q) The maximum capacity of the cell (Ah).</li>
40627<li><b>NominalCapacity</b>: (Q_nom) Cell capacity at the end of the nominal zone (Ah)</li>
40628<li><b>NominalVoltage</b>: (V_nom) Nominal voltage of the cell (V).</li>
40629<li><b>PeriodicEnergyUpdateInterval</b>: Time between two consecutive periodic energy updates.</li>
40630<li><b>TypicalDischargeCurrent</b>: Typical discharge current used in manufacturers datasheets (A)</li>
40631</ul>
40632<b>ns3::energy::LiIonEnergySource</b><br>
40633<ul>
40634<li><b>ExpCapacity</b>: Cell Capacity at the end of the exponential zone.</li>
40635<li><b>ExpCellVoltage</b>: Cell voltage at the end of the exponential zone.</li>
40636<li><b>InitialCellVoltage</b>: Initial (maximum) voltage of the cell (fully charged).</li>
40637<li><b>InternalResistance</b>: Internal resistance of the cell</li>
40638<li><b>LiIonEnergyLowBatteryThreshold</b>: Low battery threshold for LiIon energy source.</li>
40639<li><b>LiIonEnergySourceInitialEnergyJ</b>: Initial energy stored in basic energy source.</li>
40640<li><b>NomCapacity</b>: Cell capacity at the end of the nominal zone.</li>
40641<li><b>NominalCellVoltage</b>: Nominal voltage of the cell.</li>
40642<li><b>PeriodicEnergyUpdateInterval</b>: Time between two consecutive periodic energy updates.</li>
40643<li><b>RatedCapacity</b>: Rated capacity of the cell.</li>
40644<li><b>ThresholdVoltage</b>: Minimum threshold voltage to consider the battery depleted.</li>
40645<li><b>TypCurrent</b>: Typical discharge current used to fit the curves</li>
40646</ul>
40647<b>ns3::energy::RvBatteryModel</b><br>
40648<ul>
40649<li><b>RvBatteryModelAlphaValue</b>: RV battery model alpha value.</li>
40650<li><b>RvBatteryModelBetaValue</b>: RV battery model beta value.</li>
40651<li><b>RvBatteryModelCutoffVoltage</b>: RV battery model cutoff voltage.</li>
40653<li><b>RvBatteryModelNumOfTerms</b>: The number of terms of the infinite sum for estimating battery level.</li>
40654<li><b>RvBatteryModelOpenCircuitVoltage</b>: RV battery model open circuit voltage.</li>
40655<li><b>RvBatteryModelPeriodicEnergyUpdateInterval</b>: RV battery model sampling interval.</li>
40656</ul>
40657<b>ns3::EpsBearer</b><br>
40658<ul>
40659<li><b>Release</b>: Change from 11 to 18 if you need bearer definition as per newer Releases. Reference document: TS 23.203. The change does not impact other LTE code than bearers definition.</li>
40660</ul>
40661<b>ns3::EpsBearerTag</b><br>
40662<ul>
40663<li><b>bid</b>: The EPS bearer id within the UE to which the packet belongs</li>
40664<li><b>rnti</b>: The rnti that indicates the UE which packet belongs</li>
40665</ul>
40666<b>ns3::ErlangRandomVariable</b><br>
40667<ul>
40668<li><b>K</b>: The k value for the Erlang distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40669<li><b>Lambda</b>: The lambda value for the Erlang distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40670</ul>
40671<b>ns3::ErrorModel</b><br>
40672<ul>
40673<li><b>IsEnabled</b>: Whether this ErrorModel is enabled or not.</li>
40674</ul>
40675<b>ns3::ExponentialRandomVariable</b><br>
40676<ul>
40677<li><b>Bound</b>: The upper bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40678<li><b>Mean</b>: The mean of the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40679</ul>
40680<b>ns3::FcfsWifiQueueScheduler</b><br>
40681<ul>
40682<li><b>DropPolicy</b>: Upon enqueue with full queue, drop oldest (DropOldest) or newest (DropNewest) packet</li>
40683</ul>
40684<b>ns3::FdBetFfMacScheduler</b><br>
40685<ul>
40686<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
40687<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
40688<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
40689</ul>
40690<b>ns3::FdMtFfMacScheduler</b><br>
40691<ul>
40692<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
40693<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
40694<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
40695</ul>
40696<b>ns3::FdNetDevice</b><br>
40697<ul>
40698<li><b>Address</b>: The MAC address of this device.</li>
40699<li><b>EncapsulationMode</b>: The link-layer encapsulation type to use.</li>
40700<li><b>RxQueueSize</b>: Maximum size of the read queue. This value limits number of packets that have been read from the network into a memory buffer but have not yet been processed by the simulator.</li>
40701<li><b>Start</b>: The simulation time at which to spin up the device thread.</li>
40702<li><b>Stop</b>: The simulation time at which to tear down the device thread.</li>
40703</ul>
40704<b>ns3::FdTbfqFfMacScheduler</b><br>
40705<ul>
40706<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
40710<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
40711<li><b>TokenPoolSize</b>: The maximum value of flow token pool (default 1 bytes)</li>
40712<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
40713</ul>
40714<b>ns3::FfMacScheduler</b><br>
40715<ul>
40716<li><b>UlCqiFilter</b>: The filter to apply on UL CQIs received</li>
40717</ul>
40718<b>ns3::FifoQueueDisc</b><br>
40719<ul>
40720<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The max queue size</li>
40721</ul>
40722<b>ns3::FixedRssLossModel</b><br>
40723<ul>
40724<li><b>Rss</b>: The fixed receiver Rss.</li>
40725</ul>
40726<b>ns3::flame::FlameProtocol</b><br>
40727<ul>
40728<li><b>BroadcastInterval</b>: How often we must send broadcast packets</li>
40729<li><b>MaxCost</b>: Cost threshold after which packet will be dropped</li>
40730</ul>
40731<b>ns3::flame::FlameRtable</b><br>
40732<ul>
40733<li><b>Lifetime</b>: The lifetime of the routing entry</li>
40734</ul>
40735<b>ns3::FlowMonitor</b><br>
40736<ul>
40737<li><b>DelayBinWidth</b>: The width used in the delay histogram.</li>
40738<li><b>FlowInterruptionsBinWidth</b>: The width used in the flowInterruptions histogram.</li>
40739<li><b>FlowInterruptionsMinTime</b>: The minimum inter-arrival time that is considered a flow interruption.</li>
40740<li><b>JitterBinWidth</b>: The width used in the jitter histogram.</li>
40741<li><b>MaxPerHopDelay</b>: The maximum per-hop delay that should be considered. Packets still not received after this delay are to be considered lost.</li>
40742<li><b>PacketSizeBinWidth</b>: The width used in the packetSize histogram.</li>
40743<li><b>StartTime</b>: The time when the monitoring starts.</li>
40744</ul>
40745<b>ns3::FqCobaltQueueDisc</b><br>
40746<ul>
40747<li><b>BlueThreshold</b>: The Threshold after which Blue is enabled</li>
40748<li><b>CeThreshold</b>: The FqCobalt CE threshold for marking packets</li>
40792<li><b>SetWays</b>: The size of a set of queues (used by set associative hash)</li>
40793<li><b>Supdate</b>: Start time of the update timer</li>
40794<li><b>Tupdate</b>: Time period to calculate drop probability</li>
40795<li><b>UseCapDropAdjustment</b>: Enable/Disable Cap Drop Adjustment feature mentioned in RFC 8033</li>
40796<li><b>UseDequeueRateEstimator</b>: Enable/Disable usage of Dequeue Rate Estimator</li>
40797<li><b>UseDerandomization</b>: Enable/Disable Derandomization feature mentioned in RFC 8033</li>
40798<li><b>UseEcn</b>: True to use ECN (packets are marked instead of being dropped)</li>
40799<li><b>UseL4s</b>: True to use L4S (only ECT1 packets are marked at CE threshold)</li>
40800</ul>
40801<b>ns3::FrameCaptureModel</b><br>
40802<ul>
40803<li><b>CaptureWindow</b>: The duration of the capture window.</li>
40804</ul>
40805<b>ns3::FrameExchangeManager</b><br>
40806<ul>
40807<li><b>ProtectedIfResponded</b>: Whether a station is assumed to be protected if replied to a frame requiring acknowledgment. If a station is protected, subsequent transmissions to the same station in the same TXOP are not preceded by protection mechanisms.</li>
40808</ul>
40809<b>ns3::FriisPropagationLossModel</b><br>
40810<ul>
40811<li><b>Frequency</b>: The carrier frequency (in Hz) at which propagation occurs (default is 5.15 GHz).</li>
40812<li><b>MinLoss</b>: The minimum value (dB) of the total loss, used at short ranges.</li>
40813<li><b>SystemLoss</b>: The system loss (linear factor >= 1, not in dB)</li>
40814</ul>
40815<b>ns3::GammaRandomVariable</b><br>
40816<ul>
40817<li><b>Alpha</b>: The alpha value for the gamma distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40818<li><b>Beta</b>: The beta value for the gamma distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
40819</ul>
40820<b>ns3::GaussMarkovMobilityModel</b><br>
40821<ul>
40822<li><b>Alpha</b>: A constant representing the tunable parameter in the Gauss-Markov model.</li>
40823<li><b>Bounds</b>: Bounds of the area to cruise.</li>
40824<li><b>MeanDirection</b>: A random variable used to assign the average direction.</li>
40825<li><b>MeanPitch</b>: A random variable used to assign the average pitch.</li>
40826<li><b>MeanVelocity</b>: A random variable used to assign the average velocity.</li>
40827<li><b>NormalDirection</b>: A gaussian random variable used to calculate the next direction value.</li>
40828<li><b>NormalPitch</b>: A gaussian random variable used to calculate the next pitch value.</li>
40829<li><b>NormalVelocity</b>: A gaussian random variable used to calculate the next velocity value.</li>
40830<li><b>TimeStep</b>: Change current direction and speed after moving for this time.</li>
40831</ul>
40832<b>ns3::GcrManager</b><br>
40833<ul>
40834<li><b>GcrConcealmentAddress</b>: The GCR concealment address.</li>
40835<li><b>GcrProtectionMode</b>: Protection mode used for groupcast frames when needed: Rts-Cts or Cts-To-Self</li>
40836<li><b>RetransmissionPolicy</b>: The retransmission policy to use for group addresses.</li>
40837<li><b>UnsolicitedRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame delivered using the GCR unsolicited retry retransmission policy.</li>
40841<li><b>GeographicReferencePoint</b>: The point, in meters, taken as reference when converting from geographic to topographic.</li>
40842<li><b>PositionLatLongAlt</b>: The geographic position, in degrees (lat/lon) and meter (alt), in the order: latitude, longitude and altitude</li>
40843</ul>
40844<b>ns3::GridBuildingAllocator</b><br>
40845<ul>
40846<li><b>DeltaX</b>: The x space between buildings.</li>
40847<li><b>DeltaY</b>: The y space between buildings.</li>
40848<li><b>GridWidth</b>: The number of objects laid out on a line.</li>
40849<li><b>Height</b>: The height of the building (roof level)</li>
40850<li><b>LayoutType</b>: The type of layout.</li>
40851<li><b>LengthX</b>: The length of the wall of each building along the X axis.</li>
40852<li><b>LengthY</b>: The length of the wall of each building along the X axis.</li>
40853<li><b>MinX</b>: The x coordinate where the grid starts.</li>
40854<li><b>MinY</b>: The y coordinate where the grid starts.</li>
40855</ul>
40856<b>ns3::GridPositionAllocator</b><br>
40857<ul>
40858<li><b>DeltaX</b>: The x space between objects.</li>
40859<li><b>DeltaY</b>: The y space between objects.</li>
40860<li><b>GridWidth</b>: The number of objects laid out on a line.</li>
40861<li><b>LayoutType</b>: The type of layout.</li>
40862<li><b>MinX</b>: The x coordinate where the grid starts.</li>
40863<li><b>MinY</b>: The y coordinate where the grid starts.</li>
40864<li><b>Z</b>: The z coordinate of all the positions allocated.</li>
40865</ul>
40866<b>ns3::HalfDuplexIdealPhy</b><br>
40867<ul>
40868<li><b>Rate</b>: The PHY rate used by this device</li>
40869</ul>
40870<b>ns3::HeConfiguration</b><br>
40871<ul>
40872<li><b>BeMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by BE EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms. 0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.</li>
40873<li><b>BkMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by BK EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms.0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.</li>
40874<li><b>BssColor</b>: The BSS color</li>
40875<li><b>GuardInterval</b>: Specify the shortest guard interval duration that can be used for HE transmissions.Possible values are 800ns, 1600ns or 3200ns.</li>
40876<li><b>MaxTbPpduDelay</b>: If positive, the value of this attribute specifies the maximum delay with which a TB PPDU can be received after the reception of the first TB PPDU. If the delay is higher than this value, the TB PPDU is dropped and considered interference. The maximum delay is anyway capped at the duration of the training fields in the PPDU. This attribute is only valid for APs.</li>
40877<li><b>MuBeAifsn</b>: AIFSN used by BE EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be either zero (EDCA disabled) or a value from 2 to 15.</li>
40878<li><b>MuBeCwMax</b>: CWmax used by BE EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40879<li><b>MuBeCwMin</b>: CWmin used by BE EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40880<li><b>MuBkAifsn</b>: AIFSN used by BK EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be either zero (EDCA disabled) or a value from 2 to 15.</li>
40881<li><b>MuBkCwMax</b>: CWmax used by BK EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40882<li><b>MuBkCwMin</b>: CWmin used by BK EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40883<li><b>MuViAifsn</b>: AIFSN used by VI EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be either zero (EDCA disabled) or a value from 2 to 15.</li>
40884<li><b>MuViCwMax</b>: CWmax used by VI EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40885<li><b>MuViCwMin</b>: CWmin used by VI EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40886<li><b>MuVoAifsn</b>: AIFSN used by VO EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be either zero (EDCA disabled) or a value from 2 to 15.</li>
40887<li><b>MuVoCwMax</b>: CWmax used by VO EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40888<li><b>MuVoCwMin</b>: CWmin used by VO EDCA when the MU EDCA Timer is running. It must be a power of 2 minus 1 in the range from 0 to 32767.</li>
40889<li><b>ViMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by VI EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms.0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.</li>
40890<li><b>VoMuEdcaTimer</b>: The MU EDCA Timer used by VO EDCA. It must be a multiple of 8192 us and must be in the range from 8.192 ms to 2088.96 ms.0 is a reserved value, but we allow to use this value to indicate that an MU EDCA Parameter Set element must not be sent. Therefore, 0 can only be used if the MU EDCA Timer for all ACs is set to 0.</li>
40891</ul>
40892<b>ns3::HeFrameExchangeManager</b><br>
40893<ul>
40894<li><b>ContinueTxopAfterBsrp</b>: Whether to continue a TXOP a SIFS after the reception of responses to a BSRP Trigger Frame when TXOP limit is zero.</li>
40895</ul>
40896<b>ns3::HierarchicalMobilityModel</b><br>
40897<ul>
40898<li><b>Child</b>: The child mobility model.</li>
40899<li><b>Parent</b>: The parent mobility model.</li>
40900</ul>
40901<b>ns3::HtConfiguration</b><br>
40902<ul>
40903<li><b>LdpcSupported</b>: Whether or not LDPC coding is supported.</li>
40904<li><b>ShortGuardIntervalSupported</b>: Whether or not short guard interval is supported.</li>
40905<li><b>Support40MHzOperation</b>: Whether or not 40 MHz operation is to be supported.</li>
40925<li><b>RsMaxRetransmissionCount</b>: Multicast RS maximum retransmission count (0 means unbound). Note: RFC 7559 suggest a zero value (infinite). The default is 4 to avoid non-terminating simulations.</li>
40926<li><b>RsMaxRetransmissionDuration</b>: Multicast RS maximum retransmission duration (0 means unbound).</li>
40927<li><b>RsMaxRetransmissionTime</b>: Multicast RS maximum retransmission time (0 means unbound).</li>
40929<li><b>SolicitationJitter</b>: The jitter in ms a node is allowed to wait before sending any solicitation. Some jitter aims to prevent collisions. By default, the model will wait for a duration in ms defined by a uniform random-variable between 0 and SolicitationJitter</li>
40930</ul>
40931<b>ns3::IdealWifiManager</b><br>
40932<ul>
40933<li><b>BerThreshold</b>: The maximum Bit Error Rate acceptable at any transmission mode</li>
40934</ul>
40935<b>ns3::IpL4Protocol</b><br>
40936<ul>
40937<li><b>ProtocolNumber</b>: The IP protocol number.</li>
40938</ul>
40939<b>ns3::Ipv4</b><br>
40940<ul>
40941<li><b>IpForward</b>: Globally enable or disable IP forwarding for all current and future Ipv4 devices.</li>
40942<li><b>StrongEndSystemModel</b>: Reject packets for an address not configured on the interface they're coming from (RFC1122, section 3.3.4.2).</li>
40943<li><b>WeakEsModel</b>: RFC1122 term for whether host accepts datagram with a dest. address on another interface</li>
40944</ul>
40945<b>ns3::Ipv4GlobalRouting</b><br>
40946<ul>
40947<li><b>RandomEcmpRouting</b>: Set to true if packets are randomly routed among ECMP; set to false for using only one route consistently</li>
40948<li><b>RespondToInterfaceEvents</b>: Set to true if you want to dynamically recompute the global routes upon Interface notification events (up/down, or add/remove address)</li>
40949</ul>
40950<b>ns3::Ipv4Interface</b><br>
40951<ul>
40952<li><b>ArpCache</b>: The arp cache for this ipv4 interface</li>
40953</ul>
40954<b>ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol</b><br>
40955<ul>
40956<li><b>DefaultTtl</b>: The TTL value set by default on all outgoing packets generated on this node.</li>
40957<li><b>DuplicateExpire</b>: Expiration delay for duplicate cache entries</li>
40958<li><b>EnableDuplicatePacketDetection</b>: Enable multicast duplicate packet detection based on RFC 6621</li>
40959<li><b>FragmentExpirationTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, the fragments will be cleared from the buffer.</li>
40960<li><b>InterfaceList</b>: The set of Ipv4 interfaces associated to this Ipv4 stack.</li>
40961<li><b>PurgeExpiredPeriod</b>: Time between purges of expired duplicate packet entries, 0 means never purge</li>
40962</ul>
40963<b>ns3::Ipv4RawSocketImpl</b><br>
40964<ul>
40965<li><b>IcmpFilter</b>: Any icmp header whose type field matches a bit in this filter is dropped. Type must be less than 32.</li>
40966<li><b>IpHeaderInclude</b>: Include IP Header information (a.k.a setsockopt (IP_HDRINCL)).</li>
40967<li><b>Protocol</b>: Protocol number to match.</li>
40968</ul>
40969<b>ns3::Ipv6</b><br>
40970<ul>
40971<li><b>IpForward</b>: Globally enable or disable IP forwarding for all current and future IPv6 devices.</li>
40972<li><b>MtuDiscover</b>: If disabled, every interface will have its MTU set to 1280 bytes.</li>
40973<li><b>StrongEndSystemModel</b>: Reject packets for an address not configured on the interface they're coming from (RFC1122, section 3.3.4.2).</li>
40974</ul>
40975<b>ns3::Ipv6Extension</b><br>
40976<ul>
40977<li><b>ExtensionNumber</b>: The IPv6 extension number.</li>
40978</ul>
40979<b>ns3::Ipv6ExtensionDemux</b><br>
40980<ul>
40981<li><b>Extensions</b>: The set of IPv6 extensions registered with this demux.</li>
40982</ul>
40983<b>ns3::Ipv6ExtensionFragment</b><br>
40984<ul>
40985<li><b>FragmentExpirationTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, the fragments will be cleared from the buffer.</li>
40986</ul>
40987<b>ns3::Ipv6ExtensionRoutingDemux</b><br>
40988<ul>
40989<li><b>RoutingExtensions</b>: The set of IPv6 Routing extensions registered with this demux.</li>
40990</ul>
40991<b>ns3::Ipv6L3Protocol</b><br>
40992<ul>
40993<li><b>DefaultTclass</b>: The TCLASS value set by default on all outgoing packets generated on this node.</li>
40994<li><b>DefaultTtl</b>: The TTL value set by default on all outgoing packets generated on this node.</li>
40995<li><b>InterfaceList</b>: The set of IPv6 interfaces associated to this IPv6 stack.</li>
40996<li><b>SendIcmpv6Redirect</b>: Send the ICMPv6 Redirect when appropriate.</li>
40997</ul>
40998<b>ns3::Ipv6Option</b><br>
40999<ul>
41000<li><b>OptionNumber</b>: The IPv6 option number.</li>
41001</ul>
41002<b>ns3::Ipv6OptionDemux</b><br>
41003<ul>
41004<li><b>Options</b>: The set of IPv6 options registered with this demux.</li>
41005</ul>
41006<b>ns3::Ipv6PmtuCache</b><br>
41007<ul>
41008<li><b>CacheExpiryTime</b>: Validity time for a Path MTU entry. Default is 10 minutes, minimum is 5 minutes.</li>
41009</ul>
41010<b>ns3::Ipv6RawSocketImpl</b><br>
41011<ul>
41012<li><b>Protocol</b>: Protocol number to match.</li>
41013</ul>
41014<b>ns3::IsotropicAntennaModel</b><br>
41015<ul>
41016<li><b>Gain</b>: The gain of the antenna in dB</li>
41017</ul>
41018<b>ns3::ItuR1238PropagationLossModel</b><br>
41019<ul>
41020<li><b>Frequency</b>: The Frequency (default is 2.106 GHz).</li>
41061<li><b>Exponent</b>: The exponent of the Path Loss propagation model</li>
41062<li><b>ReferenceDistance</b>: The distance at which the reference loss is calculated (m)</li>
41063<li><b>ReferenceLoss</b>: The reference loss at reference distance (dB). (Default is Friis at 1m with 5.15 GHz)</li>
41064</ul>
41065<b>ns3::LogNormalRandomVariable</b><br>
41066<ul>
41067<li><b>Mu</b>: The mu value for the log-normal distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41068<li><b>Sigma</b>: The sigma value for the log-normal distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41069</ul>
41070<b>ns3::lrwpan::LrWpanLqiTag</b><br>
41071<ul>
41072<li><b>Lqi</b>: The lqi of the last packet received</li>
41073</ul>
41074<b>ns3::lrwpan::LrWpanMac</b><br>
41075<ul>
41076<li><b>PanId</b>: 16-bit identifier of the associated PAN</li>
41077</ul>
41078<b>ns3::lrwpan::LrWpanNetDevice</b><br>
41079<ul>
41080<li><b>Channel</b>: The channel attached to this device</li>
41081<li><b>Mac</b>: The MAC layer attached to this device.</li>
41082<li><b>Phy</b>: The PHY layer attached to this device.</li>
41083<li><b>PseudoMacAddressMode</b>: Build the pseudo-MAC Address according to RFC 4944 or RFC 6282 (default: RFC 6282).</li>
41084<li><b>UseAcks</b>: Request acknowledgments for data frames.</li>
41085</ul>
41086<b>ns3::lrwpan::LrWpanPhy</b><br>
41087<ul>
41088<li><b>PostReceptionErrorModel</b>: An optional packet error model can be added to the receive packet process after any propagation-based (SNR-based) error models have been applied. Typically this is used to force specific packet drops, for testing purposes.</li>
41089</ul>
41090<b>ns3::LteAmc</b><br>
41091<ul>
41092<li><b>AmcModel</b>: AMC model used to assign CQI</li>
41093<li><b>Ber</b>: The requested BER in assigning MCS (default is 0.00005).</li>
41094</ul>
41095<b>ns3::LteAnr</b><br>
41096<ul>
41097<li><b>Threshold</b>: Minimum RSRQ range value required for detecting a neighbour cell</li>
41098</ul>
41099<b>ns3::LteDataRadioBearerInfo</b><br>
41100<ul>
41101<li><b>DrbIdentity</b>: The id of this Data Radio Bearer</li>
41102<li><b>EpsBearerIdentity</b>: The id of the EPS bearer corresponding to this Data Radio Bearer</li>
41103<li><b>LtePdcp</b>: PDCP instance of the radio bearer.</li>
41104<li><b>LteRlc</b>: RLC instance of the radio bearer.</li>
41105<li><b>logicalChannelIdentity</b>: The id of the Logical Channel corresponding to this Data Radio Bearer</li>
41106</ul>
41107<b>ns3::LteEnbMac</b><br>
41108<ul>
41109<li><b>ComponentCarrierId</b>: ComponentCarrier Id, needed to reply on the appropriate sap.</li>
41110<li><b>ConnEstFailCount</b>: how many time T300 timer can expire on the same cell</li>
41111<li><b>NumberOfRaPreambles</b>: how many random access preambles are available for the contention based RACH process</li>
41112<li><b>PreambleTransMax</b>: Maximum number of random access preamble transmissions</li>
41113<li><b>RaResponseWindowSize</b>: length of the window (in TTIs) for the reception of the random access response (RAR); the resulting RAR timeout is this value + 3 ms</li>
41114</ul>
41115<b>ns3::LteEnbNetDevice</b><br>
41116<ul>
41117<li><b>CellId</b>: Cell Identifier</li>
41118<li><b>ComponentCarrierMap</b>: List of component carriers.</li>
41119<li><b>CsgId</b>: The Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) identity that this eNodeB belongs to</li>
41120<li><b>CsgIndication</b>: If true, only UEs which are members of the CSG (i.e. same CSG ID) can gain access to the eNodeB, therefore enforcing closed access mode. Otherwise, the eNodeB operates as a non-CSG cell and implements open access mode.</li>
41121<li><b>DlBandwidth</b>: Downlink Transmission Bandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Blocks</li>
41122<li><b>DlEarfcn</b>: Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) as per 3GPP 36.101 Section 5.7.3.</li>
41123<li><b>LteAnr</b>: The automatic neighbour relation function associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
41124<li><b>LteEnbComponentCarrierManager</b>: The RRC associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
41125<li><b>LteEnbRrc</b>: The RRC associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
41126<li><b>LteFfrAlgorithm</b>: The FFR algorithm associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
41127<li><b>LteHandoverAlgorithm</b>: The handover algorithm associated to this EnbNetDevice</li>
41128<li><b>UlBandwidth</b>: Uplink Transmission Bandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Blocks</li>
41129<li><b>UlEarfcn</b>: Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) as per 3GPP 36.101 Section 5.7.3.</li>
41130</ul>
41131<b>ns3::LteEnbPhy</b><br>
41132<ul>
41133<li><b>DlSpectrumPhy</b>: The downlink LteSpectrumPhy associated to this LtePhy</li>
41134<li><b>InterferenceSamplePeriod</b>: The sampling period for reporting interference stats</li>
41135<li><b>MacToChannelDelay</b>: The delay in TTI units that occurs between a scheduling decision in the MAC and the actual start of the transmission by the PHY. This is intended to be used to model the latency of real PHY and MAC implementations.</li>
41136<li><b>NoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0." In this model, we consider T0 = 290K.</li>
41137<li><b>TxPower</b>: Transmission power in dBm</li>
41138<li><b>UeSinrSamplePeriod</b>: The sampling period for reporting UEs' SINR stats.</li>
41139<li><b>UlSpectrumPhy</b>: The uplink LteSpectrumPhy associated to this LtePhy</li>
41140</ul>
41141<b>ns3::LteEnbRrc</b><br>
41142<ul>
41143<li><b>AdmitHandoverRequest</b>: Whether to admit an X2 handover request from another eNB</li>
41144<li><b>AdmitRrcConnectionRequest</b>: Whether to admit a connection request from a UE</li>
41145<li><b>ConnectionRejectedTimeoutDuration</b>: Time to wait between sending a RRC CONNECTION REJECT and destroying the UE context</li>
41146<li><b>ConnectionRequestTimeoutDuration</b>: After a RA attempt, if no RRC CONNECTION REQUEST is received before this time, the UE context is destroyed. Must account for reception of RAR and transmission of RRC CONNECTION REQUEST over UL GRANT. The value of thistimer should not be greater than T300 timer at UE RRC</li>
41147<li><b>ConnectionSetupTimeoutDuration</b>: After accepting connection request, if no RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE is received before this time, the UE context is destroyed. Must account for the UE's reception of RRC CONNECTION SETUP and transmission of RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE.</li>
41148<li><b>DefaultTransmissionMode</b>: The default UEs' transmission mode (0: SISO)</li>
41149<li><b>EpsBearerToRlcMapping</b>: Specify which type of RLC will be used for each type of EPS bearer.</li>
41150<li><b>HandoverJoiningTimeoutDuration</b>: After accepting a handover request, if no RRC CONNECTION RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE is received before this time, the UE context is destroyed. Must account for reception of X2 HO REQ ACK by source eNB, transmission of the Handover Command, non-contention-based random access and reception of the RRC CONNECTION RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message.</li>
41151<li><b>HandoverLeavingTimeoutDuration</b>: After issuing a Handover Command, if neither RRC CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT nor X2 UE Context Release has been previously received, the UE context is destroyed.</li>
41152<li><b>NumberOfComponentCarriers</b>: Number of Component Carriers</li>
41153<li><b>QRxLevMin</b>: One of information transmitted within the SIB1 message, indicating the required minimum RSRP level that any UE must receive from this cell before it is allowed to camp to this cell. The default value -70 corresponds to -140 dBm and is the lowest possible value as defined by Section 6.3.4 of 3GPP TS 36.133. This restriction, however, only applies to initial cell selection and EPC-enabled simulation.</li>
41154<li><b>RsrpFilterCoefficient</b>: Determines the strength of smoothing effect induced by layer 3 filtering of RSRP in all attached UE; if set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable</li>
41155<li><b>RsrqFilterCoefficient</b>: Determines the strength of smoothing effect induced by layer 3 filtering of RSRQ in all attached UE; if set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable</li>
41156<li><b>SrsPeriodicity</b>: The SRS periodicity in milliseconds</li>
41157<li><b>SystemInformationPeriodicity</b>: The interval for sending system information (Time value)</li>
41158<li><b>UeMap</b>: List of UeManager by C-RNTI.</li>
41159</ul>
41160<b>ns3::LteFfrAlgorithm</b><br>
41161<ul>
41162<li><b>EnabledInUplink</b>: If FR algorithm will also work in Uplink, default value true</li>
41163<li><b>FrCellTypeId</b>: Downlink FR cell type ID for automatic configuration,default value is 0 and it means that user needs to configure FR algorithm manually,if it is set to 1,2 or 3 FR algorithm will be configured automatically</li>
41164</ul>
41165<b>ns3::LteFfrDistributedAlgorithm</b><br>
41166<ul>
41167<li><b>CalculationInterval</b>: Time interval between calculation of Edge sub-band, Default value 1 second</li>
41168<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41169<li><b>CenterPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Center Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41170<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41171<li><b>EdgePowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Edge Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41172<li><b>EdgeRbNum</b>: Number of RB that can be used in edge Sub-band</li>
41173<li><b>RsrpDifferenceThreshold</b>: If the difference between the power of the signal received by UE from the serving cell and the power of the signal received from the adjacent cell is less than a RsrpDifferenceThreshold value, the cell weight is incremented</li>
41174<li><b>RsrqThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of is worse than this threshold, UE should be served in Edge sub-band</li>
41175</ul>
41176<b>ns3::LteFfrEnhancedAlgorithm</b><br>
41177<ul>
41178<li><b>CenterAreaPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Center Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41179<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41180<li><b>DlCqiThreshold</b>: If the DL-CQI for RBG of is higher than this threshold, transmission on RBG is possible</li>
41181<li><b>DlReuse1SubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Reuse 1 SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41182<li><b>DlReuse3SubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Reuse 3 SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41183<li><b>DlSubBandOffset</b>: Downlink SubBand Offset for this cell in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41184<li><b>EdgeAreaPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Edge Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41185<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41186<li><b>RsrqThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of is worse than this threshold, UE should be served in Edge sub-band</li>
41187<li><b>UlCqiThreshold</b>: If the UL-CQI for RBG of is higher than this threshold, transmission on RBG is possible</li>
41188<li><b>UlReuse1SubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Reuse 1 SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41189<li><b>UlReuse3SubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Reuse 3 SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41190<li><b>UlSubBandOffset</b>: Uplink SubBand Offset for this cell in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41191</ul>
41192<b>ns3::LteFfrSoftAlgorithm</b><br>
41193<ul>
41194<li><b>CenterAreaPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Center Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41195<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41196<li><b>CenterRsrqThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of is worse than this threshold, UE should be served in Medium sub-band</li>
41197<li><b>DlCommonSubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Medium (Common) SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41198<li><b>DlEdgeSubBandOffset</b>: Downlink Edge SubBand Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41199<li><b>DlEdgeSubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Edge SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41200<li><b>EdgeAreaPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Edge Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41201<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41202<li><b>EdgeRsrqThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of is worse than this threshold, UE should be served in Edge sub-band</li>
41203<li><b>MediumAreaPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Medium Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41204<li><b>MediumAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in medium areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41205<li><b>UlCommonSubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Medium (Common) SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41206<li><b>UlEdgeSubBandOffset</b>: Uplink Edge SubBand Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41207<li><b>UlEdgeSubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Edge SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41208</ul>
41209<b>ns3::LteFrHardAlgorithm</b><br>
41210<ul>
41211<li><b>DlSubBandOffset</b>: Downlink Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41212<li><b>DlSubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Transmission SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41213<li><b>UlSubBandOffset</b>: Uplink Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41214<li><b>UlSubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Transmission SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41215</ul>
41216<b>ns3::LteFrSoftAlgorithm</b><br>
41217<ul>
41218<li><b>AllowCenterUeUseEdgeSubBand</b>: If true center UEs can receive on Edge SubBand RBGs</li>
41219<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41220<li><b>CenterPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Center Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41221<li><b>DlEdgeSubBandOffset</b>: Downlink Edge SubBand Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41222<li><b>DlEdgeSubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Edge SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41223<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41224<li><b>EdgePowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Edge Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41225<li><b>RsrqThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of is worse than this threshold, UE should be served in Edge sub-band</li>
41226<li><b>UlEdgeSubBandOffset</b>: Uplink Edge SubBand Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41227<li><b>UlEdgeSubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Edge SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41228</ul>
41229<b>ns3::LteFrStrictAlgorithm</b><br>
41230<ul>
41231<li><b>CenterAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in center areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41232<li><b>CenterPowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Center Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41233<li><b>DlCommonSubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Common SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41234<li><b>DlEdgeSubBandOffset</b>: Downlink Edge SubBand Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41235<li><b>DlEdgeSubBandwidth</b>: Downlink Edge SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41236<li><b>EdgeAreaTpc</b>: TPC value which will be set in DL-DCI for UEs in edge areaAbsolute mode is used, default value 1 is mapped to -1 according toTS36.213 Table 5.1.1.1-2</li>
41237<li><b>EdgePowerOffset</b>: PdschConfigDedicated::Pa value for Edge Sub-band, default value dB0</li>
41238<li><b>RsrqThreshold</b>: If the RSRQ of is worse than this threshold, UE should be served in Edge sub-band</li>
41239<li><b>UlCommonSubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Common SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41240<li><b>UlEdgeSubBandOffset</b>: Uplink Edge SubBand Offset in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41241<li><b>UlEdgeSubBandwidth</b>: Uplink Edge SubBandwidth Configuration in number of Resource Block Groups</li>
41242</ul>
41243<b>ns3::LteHelper</b><br>
41244<ul>
41245<li><b>AnrEnabled</b>: Activate or deactivate Automatic Neighbour Relation function</li>
41246<li><b>EnbComponentCarrierManager</b>: The type of Component Carrier Manager to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting ns3::LteEnbComponentCarrierManager.</li>
41247<li><b>FadingModel</b>: The type of fading model to be used.The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::SpectrumPropagationLossModel.If the type is set to an empty string, no fading model is used.</li>
41248<li><b>FfrAlgorithm</b>: The type of FFR algorithm to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::LteFfrAlgorithm.</li>
41249<li><b>HandoverAlgorithm</b>: The type of handover algorithm to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::LteHandoverAlgorithm.</li>
41250<li><b>NumberOfComponentCarriers</b>: Set the number of Component carrier to use. If it is more than one and m_useCa is false, it will raise an error.</li>
41251<li><b>PathlossModel</b>: The type of pathloss model to be used. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::PropagationLossModel.</li>
41252<li><b>Scheduler</b>: The type of scheduler to be used for eNBs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting from ns3::FfMacScheduler.</li>
41253<li><b>UeComponentCarrierManager</b>: The type of Component Carrier Manager to be used for UEs. The allowed values for this attributes are the type names of any class inheriting ns3::LteUeComponentCarrierManager.</li>
41254<li><b>UseCa</b>: If true, Carrier Aggregation feature is enabled and a valid Component Carrier Map is expected. If false, single carrier simulation.</li>
41255<li><b>UseIdealRrc</b>: If true, LteRrcProtocolIdeal will be used for RRC signaling. If false, LteRrcProtocolReal will be used.</li>
41256<li><b>UsePdschForCqiGeneration</b>: If true, DL-CQI will be calculated from PDCCH as signal and PDSCH as interference. If false, DL-CQI will be calculated from PDCCH as signal and PDCCH as interference.</li>
41257</ul>
41258<b>ns3::LteHexGridEnbTopologyHelper</b><br>
41259<ul>
41260<li><b>GridWidth</b>: The number of sites in even rows (odd rows will have one additional site).</li>
41261<li><b>InterSiteDistance</b>: The distance [m] between nearby sites</li>
41262<li><b>MinX</b>: The x coordinate where the hex grid starts.</li>
41263<li><b>MinY</b>: The y coordinate where the hex grid starts.</li>
41264<li><b>SectorOffset</b>: The offset [m] in the position for the node of each sector with respect to the center of the three-sector site</li>
41265<li><b>SiteHeight</b>: The height [m] of each site</li>
41266</ul>
41267<b>ns3::LteNetDevice</b><br>
41268<ul>
41269<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
41270</ul>
41271<b>ns3::LteRadioBearerTag</b><br>
41272<ul>
41273<li><b>lcid</b>: The id within the UE identifying the logical channel to which the packet belongs</li>
41274<li><b>rnti</b>: The rnti that indicates the UE to which packet belongs</li>
41275</ul>
41276<b>ns3::LteRlcAm</b><br>
41277<ul>
41278<li><b>MaxTxBufferSize</b>: Maximum Size of the Transmission Buffer (in Bytes). If zero is configured, the buffer is unlimited.</li>
41279<li><b>PollRetransmitTimer</b>: Value of the t-PollRetransmit timer (See section 7.3 of 3GPP TS 36.322)</li>
41280<li><b>ReorderingTimer</b>: Value of the t-Reordering timer (See section 7.3 of 3GPP TS 36.322)</li>
41281<li><b>ReportBufferStatusTimer</b>: How much to wait to issue a new Report Buffer Status since the last time a new SDU was received</li>
41282<li><b>StatusProhibitTimer</b>: Value of the t-StatusProhibit timer (See section 7.3 of 3GPP TS 36.322)</li>
41283<li><b>TxOpportunityForRetxAlwaysBigEnough</b>: If true, always pretend that the size of a TxOpportunity is big enough for retransmission. If false (default and realistic behavior), no retx is performed unless the corresponding TxOpportunity is big enough.</li>
41284</ul>
41285<b>ns3::LteRlcTm</b><br>
41286<ul>
41287<li><b>MaxTxBufferSize</b>: Maximum Size of the Transmission Buffer (in Bytes)</li>
41288</ul>
41289<b>ns3::LteRlcUm</b><br>
41290<ul>
41291<li><b>DiscardTimerMs</b>: Discard timer in milliseconds to be used to discard packets. If set to 0 then packet delay budget will be used as the discard timer value, otherwise it will be used this value.</li>
41292<li><b>EnablePdcpDiscarding</b>: Whether to use the PDCP discarding, i.e., perform discarding at the moment of passing the PDCP SDU to RLC)</li>
41293<li><b>MaxTxBufferSize</b>: Maximum Size of the Transmission Buffer (in Bytes)</li>
41294<li><b>ReorderingTimer</b>: Value of the t-Reordering timer (See section 7.3 of 3GPP TS 36.322)</li>
41295</ul>
41296<b>ns3::LteSignalingRadioBearerInfo</b><br>
41297<ul>
41298<li><b>LtePdcp</b>: PDCP instance of the radio bearer.</li>
41299<li><b>LteRlc</b>: RLC instance of the radio bearer.</li>
41300<li><b>SrbIdentity</b>: The id of this Signaling Radio Bearer</li>
41301</ul>
41302<b>ns3::LteSpectrumPhy</b><br>
41303<ul>
41304<li><b>CtrlErrorModelEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the error model of control (PCFICH-PDCCH decodification) [by default is active].</li>
41305<li><b>DataErrorModelEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the error model of data (TBs of PDSCH and PUSCH) [by default is active].</li>
41306</ul>
41307<b>ns3::LteUeNetDevice</b><br>
41308<ul>
41309<li><b>ComponentCarrierMapUe</b>: List of all component Carrier.</li>
41310<li><b>CsgId</b>: The Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) identity that this UE is associated with, i.e., giving the UE access to cells which belong to this particular CSG. This restriction only applies to initial cell selection and EPC-enabled simulation. This does not revoke the UE's access to non-CSG cells.</li>
41311<li><b>DlEarfcn</b>: Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) as per 3GPP 36.101 Section 5.7.3.</li>
41312<li><b>EpcUeNas</b>: The NAS associated to this UeNetDevice</li>
41313<li><b>Imsi</b>: International Mobile Subscriber Identity assigned to this UE</li>
41314<li><b>LteUeComponentCarrierManager</b>: The ComponentCarrierManager associated to this UeNetDevice</li>
41315<li><b>LteUeRrc</b>: The RRC associated to this UeNetDevice</li>
41316</ul>
41317<b>ns3::LteUePhy</b><br>
41318<ul>
41319<li><b>DlSpectrumPhy</b>: The downlink LteSpectrumPhy associated to this LtePhy</li>
41320<li><b>DownlinkCqiPeriodicity</b>: Periodicity in milliseconds for reporting thewideband and subband downlink CQIs to the eNB</li>
41321<li><b>EnableRlfDetection</b>: If true, RLF detection will be enabled.</li>
41322<li><b>EnableUplinkPowerControl</b>: If true, Uplink Power Control will be enabled.</li>
41323<li><b>NoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0." In this model, we consider T0 = 290K.</li>
41324<li><b>NumQinEvalSf</b>: This specifies the total number of consecutive subframeswhich corresponds to the Qin evaluation period</li>
41325<li><b>NumQoutEvalSf</b>: This specifies the total number of consecutive subframeswhich corresponds to the Qout evaluation period</li>
41326<li><b>Qin</b>: corresponds to 2% block error rate of a hypothetical PDCCH transmissiontaking into account the PCFICH errors with transmission parameters.see 3GPP TS 36.213 4.2.1 and TS 36.133 7.6</li>
41327<li><b>Qout</b>: corresponds to 10% block error rate of a hypothetical PDCCH transmissiontaking into account the PCFICH errors with transmission parameters.see 3GPP TS 36.213 4.2.1 and TS 36.133 7.6</li>
41328<li><b>RsrpSinrSamplePeriod</b>: The sampling period for reporting RSRP-SINR stats (default value 1)</li>
41329<li><b>RsrqUeMeasThreshold</b>: Receive threshold for PSS on RSRQ [dB]</li>
41330<li><b>TxMode1Gain</b>: Transmission mode 1 gain in dB</li>
41331<li><b>TxMode2Gain</b>: Transmission mode 2 gain in dB</li>
41332<li><b>TxMode3Gain</b>: Transmission mode 3 gain in dB</li>
41333<li><b>TxMode4Gain</b>: Transmission mode 4 gain in dB</li>
41334<li><b>TxMode5Gain</b>: Transmission mode 5 gain in dB</li>
41335<li><b>TxMode6Gain</b>: Transmission mode 6 gain in dB</li>
41336<li><b>TxMode7Gain</b>: Transmission mode 7 gain in dB</li>
41337<li><b>TxPower</b>: Transmission power in dBm</li>
41338<li><b>UeMeasurementsFilterPeriod</b>: Time period for reporting UE measurements, i.e., thelength of layer-1 filtering.</li>
41339<li><b>UlSpectrumPhy</b>: The uplink LteSpectrumPhy associated to this LtePhy</li>
41340</ul>
41341<b>ns3::LteUePowerControl</b><br>
41342<ul>
41343<li><b>AccumulationEnabled</b>: If true TCP accumulation mode will be active, otherwise absolute mode will be active</li>
41344<li><b>Alpha</b>: Value of Alpha parameter</li>
41345<li><b>ClosedLoop</b>: If true Closed Loop mode will be active, otherwise Open Loop</li>
41346<li><b>Pcmax</b>: Max Transmission power in dBm, Default value 23 dBmTS36.101 section 6.2.3</li>
41347<li><b>Pcmin</b>: Min Transmission power in dBm, Default value -40 dBmTS36.101 section 6.2.3</li>
41348<li><b>PoNominalPusch</b>: P_O_NOMINAL_PUSCH INT (-126 ... 24), Default value -80</li>
41349<li><b>PoUePusch</b>: P_O_UE_PUSCH INT(-8...7), Default value 0</li>
41350<li><b>PsrsOffset</b>: P_SRS_OFFSET INT(0...15), Default value 7</li>
41351</ul>
41352<b>ns3::LteUeRrc</b><br>
41353<ul>
41354<li><b>C-RNTI</b>: Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier</li>
41356<li><b>DataRadioBearerMap</b>: List of UE RadioBearerInfo for Data Radio Bearers by LCID.</li>
41357<li><b>N310</b>: This specifies the maximum number of out-of-sync indications. Standard values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20</li>
41358<li><b>N311</b>: This specifies the maximum number of in-sync indications. Standard values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10</li>
41359<li><b>Srb0</b>: SignalingRadioBearerInfo for SRB0</li>
41360<li><b>Srb1</b>: SignalingRadioBearerInfo for SRB1</li>
41361<li><b>T300</b>: Timer for the RRC Connection Establishment procedure (i.e., the procedure is deemed as failed if it takes longer than this). Standard values: 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, 400ms, 600ms, 1000ms, 1500ms, 2000ms</li>
41362<li><b>T310</b>: Timer for detecting the Radio link failure (i.e., the radio link is deemed as failed if this timer expires). Standard values: 0ms 50ms, 100ms, 200ms, 500ms, 1000ms, 2000ms</li>
41363</ul>
41364<b>ns3::MacStatsCalculator</b><br>
41365<ul>
41366<li><b>DlOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the downlink results will be saved.</li>
41367<li><b>UlOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the uplink results will be saved.</li>
41368</ul>
41369<b>ns3::MatrixPropagationLossModel</b><br>
41370<ul>
41371<li><b>DefaultLoss</b>: The default value for propagation loss, dB.</li>
41372</ul>
41373<b>ns3::MeshPointDevice</b><br>
41374<ul>
41375<li><b>ForwardingDelay</b>: A random variable to account for processing time (microseconds) to forward a frame.</li>
41376<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
41377<li><b>RoutingProtocol</b>: The mesh routing protocol used by this mesh point.</li>
41403<li><b>SampleColumn</b>: The number of columns used for sampling</li>
41404<li><b>UpdateStatistics</b>: The interval between updating statistics table</li>
41405</ul>
41406<b>ns3::MobilityModel</b><br>
41407<ul>
41408<li><b>Position</b>: The current position of the mobility model.</li>
41409<li><b>Velocity</b>: The current velocity of the mobility model.</li>
41410</ul>
41411<b>ns3::MultiUserScheduler</b><br>
41412<ul>
41413<li><b>AccessReqAc</b>: The Access Category for which the MultiUserScheduler makes requests for channel access.</li>
41414<li><b>AccessReqInterval</b>: Duration of the interval between two consecutive requests for channel access made by the MultiUserScheduler. Such requests are made independently of the presence of frames in the queues of the AP and are intended to allow the AP to coordinate UL MU transmissions even without DL traffic. A null duration indicates that such requests shall not be made.</li>
41415<li><b>DefaultTbPpduDuration</b>: Default duration of TB PPDUs solicited via a Basic Trigger Frame. This value is used to compute the Duration/ID field of BSRP Trigger Frames sent when the TXOP Limit is zero and the FrameExchangeManager continues the TXOP a SIFS after receiving response to the BSRP TF. This value shall also be used by subclasses when they have no other information available to determine the TX duration of solicited PPDUs. The default value roughly corresponds to half the maximum PPDU TX duration.</li>
41416<li><b>DelayAccessReqUponAccess</b>: If enabled, the access request interval is measured starting from the last time an EDCA function obtained channel access. Otherwise, the access request interval is measured starting from the last time the MultiUserScheduler made a request for channel access.</li>
41417</ul>
41418<b>ns3::NakagamiPropagationLossModel</b><br>
41419<ul>
41420<li><b>Distance1</b>: Beginning of the second distance field. Default is 80m.</li>
41421<li><b>Distance2</b>: Beginning of the third distance field. Default is 200m.</li>
41422<li><b>ErlangRv</b>: Access to the underlying ErlangRandomVariable</li>
41423<li><b>GammaRv</b>: Access to the underlying GammaRandomVariable</li>
41424<li><b>m0</b>: m0 for distances smaller than Distance1. Default is 1.5.</li>
41425<li><b>m1</b>: m1 for distances smaller than Distance2. Default is 0.75.</li>
41426<li><b>m2</b>: m2 for distances greater than Distance2. Default is 0.75.</li>
41427</ul>
41428<b>ns3::NdiscCache</b><br>
41429<ul>
41430<li><b>UnresolvedQueueSize</b>: Size of the queue for packets pending an NA reply.</li>
41431</ul>
41432<b>ns3::NetDeviceQueueInterface</b><br>
41433<ul>
41434<li><b>NTxQueues</b>: The number of device transmission queues</li>
41435<li><b>TxQueuesType</b>: The type of transmission queues to be used</li>
41436</ul>
41437<b>ns3::NoBackhaulEpcHelper</b><br>
41438<ul>
41439<li><b>S11LinkDataRate</b>: The data rate to be used for the next S11 link to be created</li>
41440<li><b>S11LinkDelay</b>: The delay to be used for the next S11 link to be created</li>
41441<li><b>S11LinkMtu</b>: The MTU of the next S11 link to be created.</li>
41442<li><b>S5LinkDataRate</b>: The data rate to be used for the next S5 link to be created</li>
41443<li><b>S5LinkDelay</b>: The delay to be used for the next S5 link to be created</li>
41444<li><b>S5LinkMtu</b>: The MTU of the next S5 link to be created</li>
41445<li><b>X2LinkDataRate</b>: The data rate to be used for the next X2 link to be created</li>
41446<li><b>X2LinkDelay</b>: The delay to be used for the next X2 link to be created</li>
41447<li><b>X2LinkEnablePcap</b>: Enable Pcap for X2 link</li>
41448<li><b>X2LinkMtu</b>: The MTU of the next X2 link to be created. Note that, because of some big X2 messages, you need a big MTU.</li>
41449<li><b>X2LinkPcapPrefix</b>: Prefix for Pcap generated by X2 link</li>
41450</ul>
41451<b>ns3::Node</b><br>
41452<ul>
41453<li><b>ApplicationList</b>: The list of applications associated to this Node.</li>
41454<li><b>DeviceList</b>: The list of devices associated to this Node.</li>
41455<li><b>Id</b>: The id (unique integer) of this Node.</li>
41456<li><b>SystemId</b>: The systemId of this node: a unique integer used for parallel simulations.</li>
41457</ul>
41458<b>ns3::NodeListPriv</b><br>
41459<ul>
41460<li><b>NodeList</b>: The list of all nodes created during the simulation.</li>
41461</ul>
41462<b>ns3::NonCommunicatingNetDevice</b><br>
41463<ul>
41464<li><b>Phy</b>: The PHY layer attached to this device.</li>
41465</ul>
41466<b>ns3::NormalRandomVariable</b><br>
41467<ul>
41468<li><b>Bound</b>: The bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41469<li><b>Mean</b>: The mean value for the normal distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41470<li><b>Variance</b>: The variance value for the normal distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41471</ul>
41472<b>ns3::ObssPdAlgorithm</b><br>
41473<ul>
41474<li><b>ObssPdLevel</b>: The current OBSS PD level (dBm).</li>
41475<li><b>ObssPdLevelMax</b>: Maximum value (dBm) of OBSS PD level.</li>
41476<li><b>ObssPdLevelMin</b>: Minimum value (dBm) of OBSS PD level.</li>
41477<li><b>TxPowerRefMimo</b>: The MIMO reference TX power level (dBm).</li>
41478<li><b>TxPowerRefSiso</b>: The SISO reference TX power level (dBm).</li>
41497<li><b>RaiseThreshold</b>: Attempt to raise the rate if we hit that threshold</li>
41498<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: The interval between decisions about rate control changes</li>
41499</ul>
41500<b>ns3::OnOffApplication</b><br>
41501<ul>
41502<li><b>DataRate</b>: The data rate in on state.</li>
41503<li><b>EnableSeqTsSizeHeader</b>: Enable use of SeqTsSizeHeader for sequence number and timestamp</li>
41504<li><b>MaxBytes</b>: The total number of bytes to send. Once these bytes are sent, no packet is sent again, even in on state. The value zero means that there is no limit.</li>
41505<li><b>OffTime</b>: A RandomVariableStream used to pick the duration of the 'Off' state.</li>
41506<li><b>OnTime</b>: A RandomVariableStream used to pick the duration of the 'On' state.</li>
41507<li><b>PacketSize</b>: The size of packets sent in on state</li>
41508<li><b>Protocol</b>: The type of protocol to use. This should be a subclass of ns3::SocketFactory</li>
41509</ul>
41510<b>ns3::OutdoorPositionAllocator</b><br>
41511<ul>
41512<li><b>MaxAttempts</b>: Maximum number of attempts for the rejection sampling before giving up.</li>
41513<li><b>X</b>: A random variable which represents the x coordinate of a position in a random box.</li>
41514<li><b>Y</b>: A random variable which represents the y coordinate of a position in a random box.</li>
41515<li><b>Z</b>: A random variable which represents the z coordinate of a position in a random box.</li>
41516</ul>
41517<b>ns3::PacketSink</b><br>
41518<ul>
41519<li><b>EnableSeqTsSizeHeader</b>: Enable optional header tracing of SeqTsSizeHeader</li>
41520<li><b>Protocol</b>: The type id of the protocol to use for the rx socket.</li>
41521</ul>
41522<b>ns3::PacketSocket</b><br>
41523<ul>
41524<li><b>RcvBufSize</b>: PacketSocket maximum receive buffer size (bytes)</li>
41525</ul>
41526<b>ns3::PacketSocketClient</b><br>
41527<ul>
41528<li><b>Interval</b>: The time to wait between packets</li>
41529<li><b>MaxPackets</b>: The maximum number of packets the application will send (zero means infinite)</li>
41530<li><b>PacketSize</b>: Size of packets generated (bytes).</li>
41531<li><b>Priority</b>: Priority assigned to the packets generated.</li>
41532</ul>
41533<b>ns3::ParabolicAntennaModel</b><br>
41534<ul>
41535<li><b>Beamwidth</b>: The 3dB beamwidth (degrees)</li>
41536<li><b>MaxAttenuation</b>: The maximum attenuation (dB) of the antenna radiation pattern.</li>
41537<li><b>Orientation</b>: The angle (degrees) that expresses the orientation of the antenna on the x-y plane relative to the x axis</li>
41538</ul>
41539<b>ns3::ParetoRandomVariable</b><br>
41540<ul>
41541<li><b>Bound</b>: The upper bound on the values returned by this RNG stream (if non-zero).</li>
41542<li><b>Scale</b>: The scale parameter for the Pareto distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41543<li><b>Shape</b>: The shape parameter for the Pareto distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
41544</ul>
41545<b>ns3::ParfWifiManager</b><br>
41546<ul>
41547<li><b>AttemptThreshold</b>: The minimum number of transmission attempts to try a new power or rate.</li>
41548<li><b>SuccessThreshold</b>: The minimum number of successful transmissions to try a new power or rate.</li>
41549</ul>
41550<b>ns3::PcapFileWrapper</b><br>
41551<ul>
41552<li><b>CaptureSize</b>: Maximum length of captured packets (cf. pcap snaplen)</li>
41553<li><b>NanosecMode</b>: Whether packet timestamps in the PCAP file are nanoseconds or microseconds(default).</li>
41554</ul>
41555<b>ns3::PfFfMacScheduler</b><br>
41556<ul>
41557<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
41558<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
41559<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
41560</ul>
41561<b>ns3::PfifoFastQueueDisc</b><br>
41562<ul>
41563<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The maximum number of packets accepted by this queue disc.</li>
41564</ul>
41565<b>ns3::PhasedArrayModel</b><br>
41566<ul>
41567<li><b>AntennaElement</b>: A pointer to the antenna element used by the phased array</li>
41568</ul>
41569<b>ns3::PhyRxStatsCalculator</b><br>
41570<ul>
41571<li><b>DlRxOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the downlink results will be saved.</li>
41572<li><b>UlRxOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the uplink results will be saved.</li>
41573</ul>
41574<b>ns3::PhyStatsCalculator</b><br>
41575<ul>
41576<li><b>DlRsrpSinrFilename</b>: Name of the file where the RSRP/SINR statistics will be saved.</li>
41577<li><b>UlInterferenceFilename</b>: Name of the file where the interference statistics will be saved.</li>
41578<li><b>UlSinrFilename</b>: Name of the file where the UE SINR statistics will be saved.</li>
41579</ul>
41580<b>ns3::PhyTxStatsCalculator</b><br>
41581<ul>
41582<li><b>DlTxOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the downlink results will be saved.</li>
41583<li><b>UlTxOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the uplink results will be saved.</li>
41584</ul>
41585<b>ns3::PieQueueDisc</b><br>
41586<ul>
41587<li><b>A</b>: Value of alpha</li>
41588<li><b>ActiveThreshold</b>: Threshold for activating PIE (disabled by default)</li>
41589<li><b>B</b>: Value of beta</li>
41590<li><b>CeThreshold</b>: The FqPie CE threshold for marking packets</li>
41591<li><b>DequeueThreshold</b>: Minimum queue size in bytes before dequeue rate is measured</li>
41597<li><b>Supdate</b>: Start time of the update timer</li>
41598<li><b>Tupdate</b>: Time period to calculate drop probability</li>
41599<li><b>UseCapDropAdjustment</b>: Enable/Disable Cap Drop Adjustment feature mentioned in RFC 8033</li>
41600<li><b>UseDequeueRateEstimator</b>: Enable/Disable usage of Dequeue Rate Estimator</li>
41601<li><b>UseDerandomization</b>: Enable/Disable Derandomization feature mentioned in RFC 8033</li>
41602<li><b>UseEcn</b>: True to use ECN (packets are marked instead of being dropped)</li>
41603<li><b>UseL4s</b>: True to use L4S (only ECT1 packets are marked at CE threshold)</li>
41604</ul>
41605<b>ns3::Ping</b><br>
41606<ul>
41607<li><b>Count</b>: The maximum number of packets the application will send (zero means no limits)</li>
41608<li><b>Destination</b>: The unicast IPv4 or IPv6 address of the machine we want to ping</li>
41609<li><b>InterfaceAddress</b>: Local address of the sender</li>
41610<li><b>Interval</b>: Time interval between sending each packet</li>
41611<li><b>Size</b>: The number of data bytes to be sent, before ICMP and IP headers are added</li>
41612<li><b>Timeout</b>: Time to wait for a response if no RTT samples are available</li>
41613<li><b>Tos</b>: The Type of Service used to send the ICMP Echo Requests. All 8 bits of the TOS byte are set (including ECN bits).</li>
41614<li><b>VerboseMode</b>: Configure verbose, quiet, or silent output</li>
41615</ul>
41616<b>ns3::PointToPointChannel</b><br>
41617<ul>
41618<li><b>Delay</b>: Propagation delay through the channel</li>
41619</ul>
41620<b>ns3::PointToPointEpcHelper</b><br>
41621<ul>
41622<li><b>S1uLinkDataRate</b>: The data rate to be used for the next S1-U link to be created</li>
41623<li><b>S1uLinkDelay</b>: The delay to be used for the next S1-U link to be created</li>
41624<li><b>S1uLinkEnablePcap</b>: Enable Pcap for X2 link</li>
41625<li><b>S1uLinkMtu</b>: The MTU of the next S1-U link to be created. Note that, because of the additional GTP/UDP/IP tunneling overhead, you need a MTU larger than the end-to-end MTU that you want to support.</li>
41626<li><b>S1uLinkPcapPrefix</b>: Prefix for Pcap generated by S1-U link</li>
41627</ul>
41628<b>ns3::PointToPointNetDevice</b><br>
41629<ul>
41630<li><b>Address</b>: The MAC address of this device.</li>
41631<li><b>DataRate</b>: The default data rate for point to point links</li>
41632<li><b>InterframeGap</b>: The time to wait between packet (frame) transmissions</li>
41633<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
41634<li><b>ReceiveErrorModel</b>: The receiver error model used to simulate packet loss</li>
41635<li><b>TxQueue</b>: A queue to use as the transmit queue in the device.</li>
41636</ul>
41637<b>ns3::PrioQueueDisc</b><br>
41638<ul>
41639<li><b>Priomap</b>: The priority to band mapping.</li>
41647<li><b>Density</b>: Specifies the density of the vehicles in the scenario.It can be set to Low, Medium or High.</li>
41648</ul>
41649<b>ns3::Probe</b><br>
41650<ul>
41651<li><b>Start</b>: Time data collection starts</li>
41652<li><b>Stop</b>: Time when data collection stops. The special time value of 0 disables this attribute</li>
41653</ul>
41654<b>ns3::PssFfMacScheduler</b><br>
41655<ul>
41656<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
41657<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
41658<li><b>PssFdSchedulerType</b>: FD scheduler in PSS (default value is PFsch)</li>
41659<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
41660<li><b>nMux</b>: The number of UE selected by TD scheduler (default value is 0)</li>
41661</ul>
41662<b>ns3::QosFrameExchangeManager</b><br>
41663<ul>
41664<li><b>PifsRecovery</b>: Perform a PIFS recovery as a response to transmission failure within a TXOP</li>
41665<li><b>SetQueueSize</b>: Whether to set the Queue Size subfield of the QoS Control field of QoS data frames sent by non-AP stations</li>
41666</ul>
41667<b>ns3::QosTxop</b><br>
41668<ul>
41669<li><b>AddBaResponseTimeout</b>: The timeout to wait for ADDBA response after the Ack to ADDBA request is received.</li>
41670<li><b>BlockAckManager</b>: The BlockAckManager object.</li>
41671<li><b>FailedAddBaTimeout</b>: The timeout after a failed BA agreement. During this timeout, the originator resumes sending packets using normal MPDU. After that, BA agreement is reset and the originator will retry BA negotiation.</li>
41672<li><b>NMaxInflights</b>: The maximum number of links (in the range 1-15) on which an MPDU can be simultaneously in-flight.</li>
41673<li><b>UseExplicitBarAfterMissedBlockAck</b>: Specify whether explicit BlockAckRequest should be sent upon missed BlockAck Response.</li>
41674</ul>
41675<b>ns3::QueueDisc</b><br>
41676<ul>
41677<li><b>InternalQueueList</b>: The list of internal queues.</li>
41678<li><b>PacketFilterList</b>: The list of packet filters.</li>
41679<li><b>QueueDiscClassList</b>: The list of queue disc classes.</li>
41680<li><b>Quota</b>: The maximum number of packets dequeued in a qdisc run</li>
41681</ul>
41682<b>ns3::QueueDiscClass</b><br>
41683<ul>
41684<li><b>QueueDisc</b>: The queue disc attached to the class</li>
41685</ul>
41686<b>ns3::RadioBearerStatsCalculator</b><br>
41687<ul>
41688<li><b>DlPdcpOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the downlink results will be saved.</li>
41689<li><b>DlRlcOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the downlink results will be saved.</li>
41691<li><b>StartTime</b>: Start time of the on going epoch.</li>
41692<li><b>UlPdcpOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the uplink results will be saved.</li>
41693<li><b>UlRlcOutputFilename</b>: Name of the file where the uplink results will be saved.</li>
41694</ul>
41695<b>ns3::RadioEnvironmentMapHelper</b><br>
41696<ul>
41697<li><b>Bandwidth</b>: Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (in number of RBs) over which the SINR will be calculated</li>
41698<li><b>Channel</b>: The DL spectrum channel for which the RadioEnvironment Map is to be generated. Alternatively ChannelPath attribute can be used.Only one of the two (Channel or ChannelPath) should be set.</li>
41699<li><b>ChannelPath</b>: The path to the channel for which the Radio Environment Map is to be generated.This attribute is an alternative to Channel attribute and is only used if Channel is not set (equal to nullptr). Only one of the two (Channel or ChannelPath) should be set.</li>
41700<li><b>Earfcn</b>: E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) as per 3GPP 36.101 Section 5.7.3.</li>
41701<li><b>MaxPointsPerIteration</b>: Maximum number of REM points to be calculated per iteration. Every point consumes approximately 5KB of memory.</li>
41702<li><b>NoisePower</b>: the power of the measuring instrument noise, in Watts. Default to a kT of -174 dBm with a noise figure of 9 dB and a bandwidth of 25 LTE Resource Blocks</li>
41703<li><b>OutputFile</b>: the filename to which the Radio Environment Map is saved</li>
41704<li><b>RbId</b>: Resource block Id, for which REM will be generated, default value is -1, what means REM will be averaged from all RBs</li>
41705<li><b>StopWhenDone</b>: If true, Simulator::Stop () will be called as soon as the REM has been generated</li>
41706<li><b>UseDataChannel</b>: If true, REM will be generated for PDSCH and for PDCCH otherwise</li>
41707<li><b>XMax</b>: The max x coordinate of the map.</li>
41708<li><b>XMin</b>: The min x coordinate of the map.</li>
41709<li><b>XRes</b>: The resolution (number of points) of the map along the x axis.</li>
41710<li><b>YMax</b>: The max y coordinate of the map.</li>
41711<li><b>YMin</b>: The min y coordinate of the map.</li>
41712<li><b>YRes</b>: The resolution (number of points) of the map along the y axis.</li>
41713<li><b>Z</b>: The value of the z coordinate for which the map is to be generated</li>
41714</ul>
41715<b>ns3::Radvd</b><br>
41716<ul>
41717<li><b>AdvertisementJitter</b>: Uniform variable to provide jitter between min and max values of AdvInterval</li>
41718</ul>
41719<b>ns3::RandomBoxPositionAllocator</b><br>
41720<ul>
41721<li><b>X</b>: A random variable which represents the x coordinate of a position in a random box.</li>
41722<li><b>Y</b>: A random variable which represents the y coordinate of a position in a random box.</li>
41723<li><b>Z</b>: A random variable which represents the z coordinate of a position in a random box.</li>
41727<li><b>WithReplacement</b>: If true, the building will be randomly selected with replacement. If false, no replacement will occur, until the list of buildings to select becomes empty, at which point it will be filled again with the list of all buildings.</li>
41753<li><b>X</b>: A random variable which represents the x coordinate of a position in a random rectangle.</li>
41754<li><b>Y</b>: A random variable which represents the y coordinate of a position in a random rectangle.</li>
41755<li><b>Z</b>: The z coordinate of all the positions allocated.</li>
41756</ul>
41757<b>ns3::RandomVariableStream</b><br>
41758<ul>
41759<li><b>Antithetic</b>: Set this RNG stream to generate antithetic values</li>
41760<li><b>Stream</b>: The stream number for this RNG stream. -1 means "allocate a stream automatically". Note that if -1 is set, Get will return -1 so that it is not possible to know which value was automatically allocated.</li>
41761</ul>
41762<b>ns3::RandomWalk2dMobilityModel</b><br>
41763<ul>
41764<li><b>Bounds</b>: Bounds of the area to cruise.</li>
41765<li><b>Direction</b>: A random variable used to pick the direction (radians).</li>
41766<li><b>Distance</b>: Change current direction and speed after moving for this distance.</li>
41767<li><b>Mode</b>: The mode indicates the condition used to change the current speed and direction</li>
41768<li><b>Speed</b>: A random variable used to pick the speed (m/s).</li>
41769<li><b>Time</b>: Change current direction and speed after moving for this delay.</li>
41773<li><b>Bounds</b>: Bounds of the area to cruise.</li>
41774<li><b>Direction</b>: A random variable used to pick the direction (radians).</li>
41775<li><b>Distance</b>: Change current direction and speed after moving for this distance.</li>
41776<li><b>MaxIterations</b>: Maximum number of attempts to find an alternative next positionif the original one is inside a building.</li>
41777<li><b>Mode</b>: The mode indicates the condition used to change the current speed and direction</li>
41778<li><b>Speed</b>: A random variable used to pick the speed (m/s).The default value is taken from Figure 1 of the paperHenderson, L.F., 1971. The statistics of crowd fluids. nature, 229(5284), p.381.</li>
41779<li><b>Time</b>: Change current direction and speed after moving for this delay.</li>
41780<li><b>Tolerance</b>: Tolerance for the intersection point with buildings (m).It represents a small distance from where the building limitis actually placed, for example to represent a sidewalk.</li>
41781</ul>
41782<b>ns3::RandomWaypointMobilityModel</b><br>
41783<ul>
41784<li><b>Pause</b>: A random variable used to pick the pause of a random waypoint model.</li>
41785<li><b>PositionAllocator</b>: The position model used to pick a destination point.</li>
41786<li><b>Speed</b>: A random variable used to pick the speed of a random waypoint model.</li>
41787</ul>
41788<b>ns3::RangePropagationLossModel</b><br>
41789<ul>
41790<li><b>MaxRange</b>: Maximum Transmission Range (meters)</li>
41791</ul>
41792<b>ns3::RateErrorModel</b><br>
41793<ul>
41794<li><b>ErrorRate</b>: The error rate.</li>
41795<li><b>ErrorUnit</b>: The error unit</li>
41796<li><b>RanVar</b>: The decision variable attached to this error model.</li>
41797</ul>
41798<b>ns3::RealtimeSimulatorImpl</b><br>
41799<ul>
41800<li><b>HardLimit</b>: Maximum acceptable real-time jitter (used in conjunction with SynchronizationMode=HardLimit)</li>
41801<li><b>SynchronizationMode</b>: What to do if the simulation cannot keep up with real time.</li>
41802</ul>
41803<b>ns3::RedQueueDisc</b><br>
41804<ul>
41805<li><b>ARED</b>: True to enable ARED</li>
41806<li><b>AdaptMaxP</b>: True to adapt m_curMaxP</li>
41807<li><b>Alpha</b>: Increment parameter for m_curMaxP in ARED</li>
41808<li><b>Beta</b>: Decrement parameter for m_curMaxP in ARED</li>
41809<li><b>Bottom</b>: Lower bound for m_curMaxP in ARED</li>
41810<li><b>FengAdaptive</b>: True to enable Feng's Adaptive RED</li>
41811<li><b>FengAlpha</b>: Decrement parameter for m_curMaxP in Feng's Adaptive RED</li>
41812<li><b>FengBeta</b>: Increment parameter for m_curMaxP in Feng's Adaptive RED</li>
41813<li><b>Gentle</b>: True to increases dropping probability slowly when average queue exceeds maxthresh</li>
41814<li><b>IdlePktSize</b>: Average packet size used during idle times. Used when m_cautions = 3</li>
41815<li><b>Interval</b>: Time interval to update m_curMaxP</li>
41816<li><b>LInterm</b>: The maximum probability of dropping a packet</li>
41817<li><b>LastSet</b>: Store the last time m_curMaxP was updated</li>
41818<li><b>LinkBandwidth</b>: The RED link bandwidth</li>
41819<li><b>LinkDelay</b>: The RED link delay</li>
41820<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The maximum number of packets accepted by this queue disc</li>
41821<li><b>MaxTh</b>: Maximum average length threshold in packets/bytes</li>
41822<li><b>MeanPktSize</b>: Average of packet size</li>
41823<li><b>MinTh</b>: Minimum average length threshold in packets/bytes</li>
41824<li><b>NLRED</b>: True to enable Nonlinear RED</li>
41852<li><b>StartupDelay</b>: Maximum random delay for protocol startup (send route requests).</li>
41853<li><b>TimeoutDelay</b>: The delay to invalidate a route.</li>
41854<li><b>UnsolicitedRoutingUpdate</b>: The time between two Unsolicited Routing Updates.</li>
41855</ul>
41856<b>ns3::RraaWifiManager</b><br>
41857<ul>
41858<li><b>AckFrameLength</b>: The Ack frame length (in bytes) used for calculating mode TxTime.</li>
41859<li><b>Alpha</b>: Constant for calculating the MTL threshold.</li>
41860<li><b>Basic</b>: If true the RRAA-BASIC algorithm will be used, otherwise the RRAA will be used</li>
41861<li><b>Beta</b>: Constant for calculating the ORI threshold.</li>
41862<li><b>FrameLength</b>: The Data frame length (in bytes) used for calculating mode TxTime.</li>
41863<li><b>Tau</b>: Constant for calculating the EWND size.</li>
41864<li><b>Timeout</b>: Timeout for the RRAA BASIC loss estimation block</li>
41865</ul>
41866<b>ns3::RrFfMacScheduler</b><br>
41867<ul>
41868<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
41869<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
41870<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
41871</ul>
41872<b>ns3::RrMultiUserScheduler</b><br>
41873<ul>
41874<li><b>EnableBsrp</b>: If enabled, send a BSRP Trigger Frame before an UL MU transmission.</li>
41875<li><b>EnableTxopSharing</b>: If enabled, allow A-MPDUs of different TIDs in a DL MU PPDU.</li>
41876<li><b>EnableUlOfdma</b>: If enabled, return UL_MU_TX if DL_MU_TX was returned the previous time.</li>
41877<li><b>ForceDlOfdma</b>: If enabled, return DL_MU_TX even if no DL MU PPDU could be built.</li>
41878<li><b>MaxCredits</b>: Maximum amount of credits a station can have. When transmitting a DL MU PPDU, the amount of credits received by each station equals the TX duration (in microseconds) divided by the total number of stations. Stations that are the recipient of the DL MU PPDU have to pay a number of credits equal to the TX duration (in microseconds) times the allocated bandwidth share</li>
41879<li><b>NStations</b>: The maximum number of stations that can be granted an RU in a DL MU OFDMA transmission</li>
41880<li><b>UlPsduSize</b>: The default size in bytes of the solicited PSDU (to be sent in a TB PPDU)</li>
41881<li><b>UseCentral26TonesRus</b>: If enabled, central 26-tone RUs are allocated, too, when the selected RU type is at least 52 tones.</li>
41882</ul>
41883<b>ns3::RrpaaWifiManager</b><br>
41884<ul>
41885<li><b>AckFrameLength</b>: The Ack frame length (in bytes) used for calculating mode TxTime.</li>
41886<li><b>Alpha</b>: Constant for calculating the MTL threshold.</li>
41887<li><b>Basic</b>: If true the RRPAA-BASIC algorithm will be used, otherwise the RRPAA will be used.</li>
41888<li><b>Beta</b>: Constant for calculating the ORI threshold.</li>
41889<li><b>Delta</b>: Constant for Probabilistic Decision Table increments.</li>
41890<li><b>FrameLength</b>: The Data frame length (in bytes) used for calculating mode TxTime.</li>
41891<li><b>Gamma</b>: Constant for Probabilistic Decision Table decrements.</li>
41892<li><b>Tau</b>: Constant for calculating the EWND size.</li>
41893<li><b>Timeout</b>: Timeout for the RRPAA-BASIC loss estimation block.</li>
41901<li><b>Alpha</b>: Gain used in estimating the RTT, must be 0 <= alpha <= 1</li>
41902<li><b>Beta</b>: Gain used in estimating the RTT variation, must be 0 <= beta <= 1</li>
41903</ul>
41904<b>ns3::SequentialRandomVariable</b><br>
41905<ul>
41906<li><b>Consecutive</b>: The number of times each member of the sequence is repeated.</li>
41907<li><b>Increment</b>: The sequence random variable increment.</li>
41908<li><b>Max</b>: One more than the last value of the sequence.</li>
41909<li><b>Min</b>: The first value of the sequence.</li>
41910</ul>
41911<b>ns3::SimpleChannel</b><br>
41912<ul>
41913<li><b>Delay</b>: Transmission delay through the channel</li>
41914</ul>
41915<b>ns3::SimpleFrameCaptureModel</b><br>
41916<ul>
41917<li><b>Margin</b>: Reception is switched if the newly arrived frame has a power higher than this value above the frame currently being received (expressed in dB).</li>
41918</ul>
41919<b>ns3::SimpleNetDevice</b><br>
41920<ul>
41921<li><b>DataRate</b>: The default data rate for point to point links. Zero means infinite</li>
41922<li><b>PointToPointMode</b>: The device is configured in Point to Point mode</li>
41923<li><b>ReceiveErrorModel</b>: The receiver error model used to simulate packet loss</li>
41924<li><b>TxQueue</b>: A queue to use as the transmit queue in the device.</li>
41925</ul>
41926<b>ns3::SimpleOfdmWimaxPhy</b><br>
41927<ul>
41928<li><b>G</b>: This is the ratio of CP time to useful time.</li>
41929<li><b>Nfft</b>: FFT size</li>
41930<li><b>NoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver.</li>
41931<li><b>RxGain</b>: Reception gain (dB).</li>
41932<li><b>TraceFilePath</b>: Path to the directory containing SNR to block error rate files</li>
41933<li><b>TxGain</b>: Transmission gain (dB).</li>
41934<li><b>TxPower</b>: Transmission power (dB).</li>
41935</ul>
41936<b>ns3::SinkApplication</b><br>
41937<ul>
41938<li><b>Local</b>: The Address on which to Bind the rx socket. If it is not specified, it will listen to any address.</li>
41939<li><b>Port</b>: Port on which the application listens for incoming packets.</li>
41940</ul>
41941<b>ns3::SixLowPanNetDevice</b><br>
41942<ul>
41943<li><b>CompressionThreshold</b>: The minimum MAC layer payload size.</li>
41944<li><b>FragmentExpirationTimeout</b>: When this timeout expires, the fragments will be cleared from the buffer.</li>
41945<li><b>FragmentReassemblyListSize</b>: The maximum size of the reassembly buffer (in packets). Zero meaning infinite.</li>
41946<li><b>MeshCacheLength</b>: Length of the cache for each source.</li>
41947<li><b>MeshUnderJitter</b>: The jitter in ms a node uses to forward mesh-under packets - used to prevent collisions</li>
41948<li><b>MeshUnderRadius</b>: Hops Left to use in mesh-under.</li>
41949<li><b>OmitUdpChecksum</b>: Omit the UDP checksum in IPHC compression.</li>
41950<li><b>Rfc6282</b>: Use RFC6282 (IPHC) if true, RFC4944 (HC1) otherwise.</li>
41951<li><b>UseMeshUnder</b>: Use a mesh-under routing protocol.</li>
41952</ul>
41953<b>ns3::SnrTag</b><br>
41954<ul>
41955<li><b>Snr</b>: The SNR of the last packet received</li>
41956</ul>
41957<b>ns3::SourceApplication</b><br>
41958<ul>
41959<li><b>Local</b>: The Address on which to bind the socket. If not set, it is generated automatically when needed by the application.</li>
41960<li><b>Remote</b>: The address of the destination, made of the remote IP address and the destination port</li>
41961<li><b>Tos</b>: The Type of Service used to send IPv4 packets. All 8 bits of the TOS byte are set (including ECN bits).</li>
41962</ul>
41963<b>ns3::SpectrumAnalyzer</b><br>
41964<ul>
41965<li><b>NoisePowerSpectralDensity</b>: The power spectral density of the measuring instrument noise, in Watt/Hz. Mostly useful to make spectrograms look more similar to those obtained by real devices. Defaults to the value for thermal noise at 300K.</li>
41966<li><b>Resolution</b>: The length of the time interval over which the power spectral density of incoming signals is averaged</li>
41967</ul>
41968<b>ns3::SpectrumChannel</b><br>
41969<ul>
41970<li><b>MaxLossDb</b>: If a single-frequency PropagationLossModel is used, this value represents the maximum loss in dB for which transmissions will be passed to the receiving PHY. Signals for which the PropagationLossModel returns a loss bigger than this value will not be propagated to the receiver. This parameter is to be used to reduce the computational load by not propagating signals that are far beyond the interference range. Note that the default value corresponds to considering all signals for reception. Tune this value with care.</li>
41971<li><b>PropagationLossModel</b>: A pointer to the propagation loss model attached to this channel.</li>
41972</ul>
41973<b>ns3::SpectrumWifiPhy</b><br>
41974<ul>
41975<li><b>DisableWifiReception</b>: Prevent Wi-Fi frame sync from ever happening</li>
41976<li><b>TrackSignalsFromInactiveInterfaces</b>: Enable or disable tracking signals coming from inactive spectrum PHY interfaces</li>
41977<li><b>TxMaskInnerBandMinimumRejection</b>: Minimum rejection (dBr) for the inner band of the transmit spectrum mask</li>
41978<li><b>TxMaskOuterBandMaximumRejection</b>: Maximum rejection (dBr) for the outer band of the transmit spectrum mask</li>
41979<li><b>TxMaskOuterBandMinimumRejection</b>: Minimum rejection (dBr) for the outer band of the transmit spectrum mask</li>
41980</ul>
41981<b>ns3::StaWifiMac</b><br>
41982<ul>
41983<li><b>ActiveProbing</b>: If true, we send probe requests. If false, we don't.NOTE: if more than one STA in your simulation is using active probing, you should enable it at a different simulation time for each STA, otherwise all the STAs will start sending probes at the same time resulting in collisions. See bug 1060 for more info.</li>
41984<li><b>AssocRequestTimeout</b>: The interval between two consecutive association request attempts.</li>
41985<li><b>AssocType</b>: Type of association performed by this device (provided that it is supported by the standard configured for this device, otherwise legacy association is performed). By using this attribute, it is possible for an EHT single-link device to perform ML setup with an AP MLD and for an EHT multi-link device to perform legacy association with an AP MLD.</li>
41986<li><b>MaxMissedBeacons</b>: Number of beacons which much be consecutively missed before we attempt to restart association.</li>
41987<li><b>PmModeSwitchTimeout</b>: If switching to a new Power Management mode is not completed within this amount of time, make another attempt at switching Power Management mode.</li>
41988<li><b>PowerSaveMode</b>: Enable/disable power save mode on the given link. The power management mode is actually changed when the AP acknowledges a frame sent with the Power Management field set to the value corresponding to the requested mode</li>
41989<li><b>ProbeDelay</b>: Delay (in microseconds) to be used prior to transmitting a Probe frame during active scanning.</li>
41990<li><b>ProbeRequestTimeout</b>: The duration to actively probe the channel.</li>
41991<li><b>WaitBeaconTimeout</b>: The duration to dwell on a channel while passively scanning for beacon</li>
42023<li><b>SSScheduler</b>: The ss scheduler attached to this device.</li>
42024</ul>
42025<b>ns3::TableBasedErrorRateModel</b><br>
42026<ul>
42027<li><b>FallbackErrorRateModel</b>: Ptr to the fallback error rate model to be used when no matching value is found in a table</li>
42028<li><b>SizeThreshold</b>: Threshold in bytes over which the table for large size frames is used</li>
42029</ul>
42030<b>ns3::TapBridge</b><br>
42031<ul>
42032<li><b>DeviceName</b>: The name of the tap device to create.</li>
42033<li><b>Gateway</b>: The IP address of the default gateway to assign to the host machine, when in ConfigureLocal mode.</li>
42034<li><b>IpAddress</b>: The IP address to assign to the tap device, when in ConfigureLocal mode. This address will override the discovered IP address of the simulated device.</li>
42035<li><b>MacAddress</b>: The MAC address to assign to the tap device, when in ConfigureLocal mode. This address will override the discovered MAC address of the simulated device.</li>
42036<li><b>Mode</b>: The operating and configuration mode to use.</li>
42037<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
42038<li><b>Netmask</b>: The network mask to assign to the tap device, when in ConfigureLocal mode. This address will override the discovered MAC address of the simulated device.</li>
42039<li><b>Start</b>: The simulation time at which to spin up the tap device read thread.</li>
42040<li><b>Stop</b>: The simulation time at which to tear down the tap device read thread.</li>
42041<li><b>Verbose</b>: Enable verbose output from tap-creator child process</li>
42042</ul>
42043<b>ns3::TbfQueueDisc</b><br>
42044<ul>
42045<li><b>Burst</b>: Size of the first bucket in bytes</li>
42046<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The max queue size</li>
42047<li><b>Mtu</b>: Size of the second bucket in bytes. If null, it is initialized to the MTU of the receiving NetDevice (if any)</li>
42048<li><b>PeakRate</b>: Rate at which tokens enter the second bucket in bps or Bps.If null, there is no second bucket</li>
42049<li><b>Rate</b>: Rate at which tokens enter the first bucket in bps or Bps.</li>
42050</ul>
42051<b>ns3::TcpBbr</b><br>
42052<ul>
42053<li><b>AckEpochAckedResetThresh</b>: Max allowed val for m_ackEpochAcked, after which sampling epoch is reset</li>
42054<li><b>BwWindowLength</b>: Length of bandwidth windowed filter</li>
42055<li><b>ExtraAckedRttWindowLength</b>: Window length of extra acked window</li>
42056<li><b>HighGain</b>: Value of high gain</li>
42057<li><b>ProbeRttDuration</b>: Time to be spent in PROBE_RTT phase</li>
42058<li><b>RttWindowLength</b>: Length of RTT windowed filter</li>
42059<li><b>Stream</b>: Random number stream (default is set to 4 to align with Linux results)</li>
42060</ul>
42061<b>ns3::TcpBic</b><br>
42062<ul>
42063<li><b>Beta</b>: Beta for multiplicative decrease</li>
42064<li><b>BinarySearchCoefficient</b>: Inverse of the coefficient for the binary search. Default 4, as in Linux</li>
42065<li><b>FastConvergence</b>: Turn on/off fast convergence.</li>
42066<li><b>LowWnd</b>: Threshold window size (in segments) for engaging BIC response</li>
42067<li><b>MaxIncr</b>: Limit on increment allowed during binary search</li>
42068<li><b>SmoothPart</b>: Number of RTT needed to approach cWnd_max from cWnd_max-BinarySearchCoefficient. It can be viewed as the gradient of the slow start AIM phase: less this value is, more steep the increment will be.</li>
42069</ul>
42070<b>ns3::TcpCubic</b><br>
42071<ul>
42072<li><b>Beta</b>: Beta for multiplicative decrease</li>
42073<li><b>C</b>: Cubic Scaling factor</li>
42074<li><b>CntClamp</b>: Counter value when no losses are detected (counter is used when incrementing cWnd in congestion avoidance, to avoid floating point arithmetic). It is the modulo of the (avoided) division</li>
42075<li><b>CubicDelta</b>: Delta Time to wait after fast recovery before adjusting param</li>
42076<li><b>FastConvergence</b>: Enable (true) or disable (false) fast convergence</li>
42077<li><b>HyStart</b>: Enable (true) or disable (false) hybrid slow start algorithm</li>
42078<li><b>HyStartAckDelta</b>: Spacing between ack's indicating train</li>
42079<li><b>HyStartDelayMax</b>: Maximum time for hystart algorithm</li>
42080<li><b>HyStartDelayMin</b>: Minimum time for hystart algorithm</li>
42115<li><b>RecoveryType</b>: Recovery type of TCP objects.</li>
42116<li><b>RttEstimatorType</b>: Type of RttEstimator objects.</li>
42117<li><b>SocketList</b>: A container of sockets associated to this protocol. The underlying type is an unordered map, the attribute name is kept for backward compatibility.</li>
42118<li><b>SocketType</b>: Socket type of TCP objects.</li>
42119</ul>
42120<b>ns3::TcpLedbat</b><br>
42121<ul>
42122<li><b>BaseHistoryLen</b>: Number of Base delay samples</li>
42123<li><b>Gain</b>: Offset Gain</li>
42124<li><b>MinCwnd</b>: Minimum cWnd for Ledbat</li>
42125<li><b>NoiseFilterLen</b>: Number of Current delay samples</li>
42126<li><b>SSParam</b>: Possibility of Slow Start</li>
42233<li><b>LinkO2iConditionToAntennaHeight</b>: Specifies whether the O2I condition will be determined based on the UE height, i.e. if the UE height is 1.5 then it is O2O, otherwise it is O2I.</li>
42234<li><b>O2iLowLossThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I low - high penetration losses. Default value is 1.0 meaning thatall losses will be low</li>
42235<li><b>O2iThreshold</b>: Specifies what will be the ratio of O2I channel conditions. Default value is 0 that corresponds to 0 O2I losses.</li>
42236<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specifies the time period after which the channel condition is recomputed. If set to 0, the channel condition is never updated.</li>
42237</ul>
42238<b>ns3::ThreeGppChannelModel</b><br>
42239<ul>
42240<li><b>Blockage</b>: Enable blockage model A (sec 7.6.4.1)</li>
42241<li><b>BlockerSpeed</b>: The speed of moving blockers, the unit is m/s</li>
42242<li><b>ChannelConditionModel</b>: Pointer to the channel condition model</li>
42243<li><b>Frequency</b>: The operating Frequency in Hz</li>
42244<li><b>NumNonselfBlocking</b>: number of non-self-blocking regions</li>
42245<li><b>PortraitMode</b>: true for portrait mode, false for landscape mode</li>
42247<li><b>UpdatePeriod</b>: Specify the channel coherence time</li>
42248<li><b>vScatt</b>: Maximum speed of the vehicle in the layout (see 3GPP TR 37.885 v15.3.0, Sec. 6.2.3).Used to compute the additional contribution for the Doppler ofdelayed (reflected) paths</li>
42249</ul>
42250<b>ns3::ThreeGppHttpClient</b><br>
42251<ul>
42252<li><b>RemoteServerAddress</b>: The address of the destination server.</li>
42253<li><b>RemoteServerPort</b>: The destination port of the outbound packets.</li>
42254<li><b>Variables</b>: Variable collection, which is used to control e.g. timing and HTTP request size.</li>
42255</ul>
42256<b>ns3::ThreeGppHttpServer</b><br>
42257<ul>
42258<li><b>LocalAddress</b>: The local address of the server, i.e., the address on which to bind the Rx socket.</li>
42259<li><b>LocalPort</b>: Port on which the application listen for incoming packets.</li>
42260<li><b>Mtu</b>: Maximum transmission unit (in bytes) of the TCP sockets used in this application, excluding the compulsory 40 bytes TCP header. Typical values are 1460 and 536 bytes. The attribute is read-only because the value is randomly determined.</li>
42261<li><b>Tos</b>: The Type of Service used to send packets. All 8 bits of the TOS byte are set (including ECN bits).</li>
42262<li><b>Variables</b>: Variable collection, which is used to control e.g. processing and object generation delays.</li>
42263</ul>
42264<b>ns3::ThreeGppHttpVariables</b><br>
42265<ul>
42266<li><b>EmbeddedObjectGenerationDelay</b>: The constant time needed by HTTP server to generate an embedded object as a response.</li>
42267<li><b>EmbeddedObjectSizeMax</b>: The maximum value of embedded object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42268<li><b>EmbeddedObjectSizeMean</b>: The mean of embedded object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42269<li><b>EmbeddedObjectSizeMin</b>: The minimum value of embedded object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42270<li><b>EmbeddedObjectSizeStdDev</b>: The standard deviation of embedded object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42271<li><b>HighMtuProbability</b>: The probability that higher MTU size is used.</li>
42272<li><b>HighMtuSize</b>: The higher MTU size.</li>
42273<li><b>LowMtuSize</b>: The lower MTU size.</li>
42274<li><b>MainObjectGenerationDelay</b>: The constant time needed by HTTP server to generate a main object as a response.</li>
42275<li><b>MainObjectSizeMax</b>: The maximum value of main object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42276<li><b>MainObjectSizeMean</b>: The mean of main object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42277<li><b>MainObjectSizeMin</b>: The minimum value of main object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42278<li><b>MainObjectSizeStdDev</b>: The standard deviation of main object sizes (in bytes).</li>
42279<li><b>NumOfEmbeddedObjectsMax</b>: The upper bound parameter of Pareto distribution for the number of embedded objects per web page. The actual maximum value is this value subtracted by the scale parameter.</li>
42280<li><b>NumOfEmbeddedObjectsScale</b>: The scale parameter of Pareto distribution for the number of embedded objects per web page.</li>
42281<li><b>NumOfEmbeddedObjectsShape</b>: The shape parameter of Pareto distribution for the number of embedded objects per web page.</li>
42282<li><b>ParsingTimeMean</b>: The mean of parsing time.</li>
42283<li><b>ReadingTimeMean</b>: The mean of reading time.</li>
42284<li><b>RequestSize</b>: The constant size of HTTP request packet (in bytes).</li>
42285</ul>
42286<b>ns3::ThreeGppPropagationLossModel</b><br>
42287<ul>
42288<li><b>BuildingPenetrationLossesEnabled</b>: Enable/disable Building Penetration Losses.</li>
42289<li><b>ChannelConditionModel</b>: Pointer to the channel condition model.</li>
42290<li><b>EnforceParameterRanges</b>: Whether to strictly enforce TR38.901 applicability ranges</li>
42291<li><b>Frequency</b>: The centre frequency in Hz.</li>
42319<li><b>MinimumRssi</b>: Preamble is dropped if the RSSI is below this value (expressed in dBm).</li>
42320<li><b>Threshold</b>: Preamble is successfully detected if the SNR is at or above this value (expressed in dB).</li>
42321</ul>
42322<b>ns3::TraceFadingLossModel</b><br>
42323<ul>
42324<li><b>RbNum</b>: The number of RB the trace is made of (default 100)</li>
42325<li><b>RngStreamSetSize</b>: The number of RNG streams reserved for the fading model. The maximum number of streams that are needed for an LTE FDD scenario is 2 * numUEs * numeNBs.</li>
42326<li><b>SamplesNum</b>: The number of samples the trace is made of (default 10000)</li>
42327<li><b>TraceFilename</b>: Name of file to load a trace from.</li>
42328<li><b>TraceLength</b>: The total length of the fading trace (default value 10 s.)</li>
42329<li><b>WindowSize</b>: The size of the window for the fading trace (default value 0.5 s.)</li>
42330</ul>
42331<b>ns3::TrafficControlLayer</b><br>
42332<ul>
42333<li><b>RootQueueDiscList</b>: The list of root queue discs associated to this Traffic Control layer.</li>
42334</ul>
42335<b>ns3::TriangularRandomVariable</b><br>
42336<ul>
42337<li><b>Max</b>: The upper bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42338<li><b>Mean</b>: The mean value for the triangular distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42339<li><b>Min</b>: The lower bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42340</ul>
42341<b>ns3::TtaFfMacScheduler</b><br>
42342<ul>
42343<li><b>CqiTimerThreshold</b>: The number of TTIs a CQI is valid (default 1000 - 1 sec.)</li>
42344<li><b>HarqEnabled</b>: Activate/Deactivate the HARQ [by default is active].</li>
42345<li><b>UlGrantMcs</b>: The MCS of the UL grant, must be [0..15] (default 0)</li>
42346</ul>
42347<b>ns3::TvSpectrumTransmitter</b><br>
42348<ul>
42349<li><b>Antenna</b>: The AntennaModel to be used. Allows classes inherited from ns3::AntennaModel. Defaults to ns3::IsotropicAntennaModel.</li>
42350<li><b>BasePsd</b>: The base power spectral density (in dBm/Hz) of the TV transmitter's transmitted spectrum. Base PSD is the maximum PSD of the spectrum excluding pilots. For analog and COFDM transmitters this is the maximum PSD, but for 8-VSB transmitters this is the maximum PSD of the main signal spectrum (flat-top segment) since the pilot actually has the maximum PSD overall.</li>
42351<li><b>ChannelBandwidth</b>: The bandwidth (in Hz) of the TV transmitter's signal. Must be greater than or equal to 0.</li>
42352<li><b>StartFrequency</b>: The lower end frequency (in Hz) of the TV transmitter's signal. Must be greater than or equal to 0.</li>
42353<li><b>StartingTime</b>: The time point after the simulation begins in which the TV transmitter will begin transmitting.</li>
42354<li><b>TransmitDuration</b>: The duration of time that the TV transmitter will transmit for.</li>
42355<li><b>TvType</b>: The type of TV transmitter/modulation to be used.</li>
42366<li><b>ChannelConditionModel</b>: Pointer to the channel condition model.</li>
42367<li><b>Frequency</b>: The operating Frequency in Hz</li>
42368<li><b>Scenario</b>: The 3GPP scenario (RMa, UMa, UMi-StreetCanyon, InH-OfficeOpen, InH-OfficeMixed).</li>
42369</ul>
42370<b>ns3::Txop</b><br>
42371<ul>
42372<li><b>AcIndex</b>: The AC index of the packets contained in the wifi MAC queue of this Txop object.</li>
42373<li><b>Aifsn</b>: The AIFSN: the default value conforms to non-QOS (just for the first link, in case of 11be multi-link devices).</li>
42374<li><b>Aifsns</b>: The values of AIFSN for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.</li>
42375<li><b>MaxCw</b>: The maximum value of the contention window (just for the first link, in case of 11be multi-link devices).</li>
42376<li><b>MaxCws</b>: The maximum values of the contention window for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.</li>
42377<li><b>MinCw</b>: The minimum value of the contention window (just for the first link, in case of 11be multi-link devices).</li>
42378<li><b>MinCws</b>: The minimum values of the contention window for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.</li>
42379<li><b>Queue</b>: The WifiMacQueue object</li>
42380<li><b>TxopLimit</b>: The TXOP limit: the default value conforms to non-QoS (just for the first link, in case of 11be multi-link devices).</li>
42381<li><b>TxopLimits</b>: The values of TXOP limit for all the links (sorted in increasing order of link ID). An empty vector is ignored and the default value as per Table 9-155 of the IEEE 802.11-2020 standard will be used. Note that, if this is a non-AP STA, these values could be overridden by values advertised by the AP through EDCA Parameter Set elements.</li>
42382</ul>
42383<b>ns3::UanChannel</b><br>
42384<ul>
42385<li><b>NoiseModel</b>: A pointer to the model of the channel ambient noise.</li>
42386<li><b>PropagationModel</b>: A pointer to the propagation model.</li>
42387</ul>
42388<b>ns3::UanMacCw</b><br>
42389<ul>
42390<li><b>CW</b>: The MAC parameter CW.</li>
42391<li><b>SlotTime</b>: Time slot duration for MAC backoff.</li>
42392</ul>
42393<b>ns3::UanMacRc</b><br>
42394<ul>
42395<li><b>MaxFrames</b>: Maximum number of frames to include in a single RTS.</li>
42396<li><b>MaxPropDelay</b>: Maximum possible propagation delay to gateway.</li>
42414<li><b>SIFS</b>: Spacing between frames to account for timing error and processing delay.</li>
42415<li><b>TotalRate</b>: Total available channel rate in bps (for a single channel, without splitting reservation channel).</li>
42416</ul>
42417<b>ns3::UanNetDevice</b><br>
42418<ul>
42419<li><b>Channel</b>: The channel attached to this device.</li>
42420<li><b>Mac</b>: The MAC layer attached to this device.</li>
42421<li><b>Phy</b>: The PHY layer attached to this device.</li>
42422<li><b>Transducer</b>: The Transducer attached to this device.</li>
42423</ul>
42424<b>ns3::UanNoiseModelDefault</b><br>
42425<ul>
42426<li><b>Shipping</b>: Shipping contribution to noise between 0 and 1.</li>
42427<li><b>Wind</b>: Wind speed in m/s.</li>
42428</ul>
42429<b>ns3::UanPhyCalcSinrFhFsk</b><br>
42430<ul>
42431<li><b>NumberOfHops</b>: Number of frequencies in hopping pattern.</li>
42432</ul>
42433<b>ns3::UanPhyDual</b><br>
42434<ul>
42435<li><b>CcaThresholdPhy1</b>: Aggregate energy of incoming signals to move to CCA Busy state dB of Phy1.</li>
42436<li><b>CcaThresholdPhy2</b>: Aggregate energy of incoming signals to move to CCA Busy state dB of Phy2.</li>
42437<li><b>PerModelPhy1</b>: Functor to calculate PER based on SINR and TxMode for Phy1.</li>
42438<li><b>PerModelPhy2</b>: Functor to calculate PER based on SINR and TxMode for Phy2.</li>
42439<li><b>SinrModelPhy1</b>: Functor to calculate SINR based on pkt arrivals and modes for Phy1.</li>
42440<li><b>SinrModelPhy2</b>: Functor to calculate SINR based on pkt arrivals and modes for Phy2.</li>
42441<li><b>SupportedModesPhy1</b>: List of modes supported by Phy1.</li>
42442<li><b>SupportedModesPhy2</b>: List of modes supported by Phy2.</li>
42443<li><b>TxPowerPhy1</b>: Transmission output power in dB of Phy1.</li>
42444<li><b>TxPowerPhy2</b>: Transmission output power in dB of Phy2.</li>
42445</ul>
42446<b>ns3::UanPhyGen</b><br>
42447<ul>
42448<li><b>CcaThreshold</b>: Aggregate energy of incoming signals to move to CCA Busy state dB.</li>
42449<li><b>PerModel</b>: Functor to calculate PER based on SINR and TxMode.</li>
42450<li><b>RxThreshold</b>: Required SNR for signal acquisition in dB.</li>
42451<li><b>SinrModel</b>: Functor to calculate SINR based on pkt arrivals and modes.</li>
42452<li><b>SupportedModes</b>: List of modes supported by this PHY.</li>
42453<li><b>TxPower</b>: Transmission output power in dB.</li>
42454</ul>
42455<b>ns3::UanPhyPerGenDefault</b><br>
42456<ul>
42457<li><b>Threshold</b>: SINR cutoff for good packet reception.</li>
42458</ul>
42459<b>ns3::UanPropModelThorp</b><br>
42460<ul>
42461<li><b>SpreadCoef</b>: Spreading coefficient used in calculation of Thorp's approximation.</li>
42462</ul>
42463<b>ns3::UanTransducerHd</b><br>
42464<ul>
42465<li><b>RxGainDb</b>: Gain in Db added to incoming signal at receiver.</li>
42466</ul>
42467<b>ns3::UdpClient</b><br>
42468<ul>
42469<li><b>Interval</b>: The time to wait between packets</li>
42470<li><b>MaxPackets</b>: The maximum number of packets the application will send (zero means infinite)</li>
42471<li><b>PacketSize</b>: Size of packets generated. The minimum packet size is 12 bytes which is the size of the header carrying the sequence number and the time stamp.</li>
42472<li><b>RemoteAddress</b>: The destination Address of the outbound packets</li>
42473<li><b>RemotePort</b>: The destination port of the outbound packets</li>
42474</ul>
42475<b>ns3::UdpEchoClient</b><br>
42476<ul>
42477<li><b>Interval</b>: The time to wait between packets</li>
42478<li><b>MaxPackets</b>: The maximum number of packets the application will send (zero means infinite)</li>
42479<li><b>PacketSize</b>: Size of echo data in outbound packets</li>
42480<li><b>RemoteAddress</b>: The destination Address of the outbound packets</li>
42481<li><b>RemotePort</b>: The destination port of the outbound packets</li>
42482</ul>
42483<b>ns3::UdpEchoServer</b><br>
42484<ul>
42485<li><b>Tos</b>: The Type of Service used to send IPv4 packets. All 8 bits of the TOS byte are set (including ECN bits).</li>
42486</ul>
42487<b>ns3::UdpL4Protocol</b><br>
42488<ul>
42489<li><b>SocketList</b>: A container of sockets associated to this protocol. The underlying type is an unordered map, the attribute name is kept for backward compatibility.</li>
42490</ul>
42491<b>ns3::UdpServer</b><br>
42492<ul>
42493<li><b>PacketWindowSize</b>: The size of the window used to compute the packet loss. This value should be a multiple of 8.</li>
42494</ul>
42495<b>ns3::UdpSocket</b><br>
42496<ul>
42497<li><b>IpMulticastIf</b>: interface index for outgoing multicast on this socket; -1 indicates to use default interface</li>
42498<li><b>IpMulticastLoop</b>: whether outgoing multicast sent also to loopback interface</li>
42499<li><b>IpMulticastTtl</b>: socket-specific TTL for multicast IP packets (if non-zero)</li>
42500<li><b>IpTtl</b>: socket-specific TTL for unicast IP packets (if non-zero)</li>
42501<li><b>MtuDiscover</b>: If enabled, every outgoing ip packet will have the DF flag set.</li>
42502<li><b>RcvBufSize</b>: UdpSocket maximum receive buffer size (bytes)</li>
42503</ul>
42504<b>ns3::UdpSocketImpl</b><br>
42505<ul>
42506<li><b>IcmpCallback</b>: Callback invoked whenever an icmp error is received on this socket.</li>
42507<li><b>IcmpCallback6</b>: Callback invoked whenever an icmpv6 error is received on this socket.</li>
42508</ul>
42509<b>ns3::UdpTraceClient</b><br>
42510<ul>
42511<li><b>MaxPacketSize</b>: The maximum size of a packet (including the SeqTsHeader, 12 bytes).</li>
42512<li><b>RemoteAddress</b>: The destination Address of the outbound packets</li>
42513<li><b>RemotePort</b>: The destination port of the outbound packets</li>
42514<li><b>TraceFilename</b>: Name of file to load a trace from. By default, uses a hardcoded trace.</li>
42515<li><b>TraceLoop</b>: Loops through the trace file, starting again once it is over.</li>
42516</ul>
42517<b>ns3::UeManager</b><br>
42518<ul>
42519<li><b>C-RNTI</b>: Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier</li>
42520<li><b>DataRadioBearerMap</b>: List of UE DataRadioBearerInfo by DRBID.</li>
42521<li><b>Srb0</b>: SignalingRadioBearerInfo for SRB0</li>
42522<li><b>Srb1</b>: SignalingRadioBearerInfo for SRB1</li>
42523</ul>
42524<b>ns3::UniformDiscPositionAllocator</b><br>
42525<ul>
42526<li><b>X</b>: The x coordinate of the center of the disc.</li>
42527<li><b>Y</b>: The y coordinate of the center of the disc.</li>
42528<li><b>Z</b>: The z coordinate of all the positions in the disc.</li>
42529<li><b>rho</b>: The radius of the disc</li>
42530</ul>
42531<b>ns3::UniformPlanarArray</b><br>
42532<ul>
42533<li><b>AntennaHorizontalSpacing</b>: Horizontal spacing between antenna elements, in multiples of wave length</li>
42534<li><b>AntennaVerticalSpacing</b>: Vertical spacing between antenna elements, in multiples of wave length</li>
42535<li><b>BearingAngle</b>: The bearing angle in radians</li>
42536<li><b>DowntiltAngle</b>: The downtilt angle in radians</li>
42537<li><b>IsDualPolarized</b>: If true, dual polarized antenna</li>
42538<li><b>NumColumns</b>: Horizontal size of the array</li>
42539<li><b>NumHorizontalPorts</b>: Horizontal number of ports</li>
42540<li><b>NumRows</b>: Vertical size of the array</li>
42541<li><b>NumVerticalPorts</b>: Vertical number of ports</li>
42542<li><b>PolSlantAngle</b>: The polarization slant angle in radians</li>
42543</ul>
42544<b>ns3::UniformRandomVariable</b><br>
42545<ul>
42546<li><b>Max</b>: The upper bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42547<li><b>Min</b>: The lower bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42548</ul>
42549<b>ns3::UplinkSchedulerMBQoS</b><br>
42550<ul>
42551<li><b>WindowInterval</b>: The time to wait to reset window</li>
42552</ul>
42553<b>ns3::V4TraceRoute</b><br>
42554<ul>
42555<li><b>Interval</b>: Wait interval between sent packets.</li>
42556<li><b>MaxHop</b>: The maximum number of hops to trace.</li>
42557<li><b>ProbeNum</b>: The number of packets send to each hop.</li>
42558<li><b>Remote</b>: The address of the machine we want to trace.</li>
42559<li><b>Size</b>: The number of data bytes to be sent, real packet will be 8 (ICMP) + 20 (IP) bytes longer.</li>
42560<li><b>Timeout</b>: The waiting time for a route response before a timeout.</li>
42561<li><b>Tos</b>: The Type of Service used to send IPv4 packets. All 8 bits of the TOS byte are set (including ECN bits).</li>
42562<li><b>Verbose</b>: Produce usual output.</li>
42563</ul>
42564<b>ns3::VhtConfiguration</b><br>
42565<ul>
42566<li><b>SecondaryCcaSensitivityThresholds</b>: Tuple {threshold for 20MHz PPDUs, threshold for 40MHz PPDUs, threshold for 80MHz PPDUs} describing the CCA sensitivity thresholds for PPDUs that do not occupy the primary channel. The power of a received PPDU that does not occupy the primary channel should be higher than the threshold (dBm) associated to the PPDU bandwidth to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.</li>
42567<li><b>Support160MHzOperation</b>: Whether or not 160 MHz operation is to be supported.</li>
42568</ul>
42569<b>ns3::VirtualNetDevice</b><br>
42570<ul>
42571<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
42572</ul>
42573<b>ns3::WaveformGenerator</b><br>
42574<ul>
42575<li><b>DutyCycle</b>: the duty cycle of the generator, i.e., the fraction of the period that is occupied by a signal</li>
42576<li><b>Period</b>: the period (=1/frequency)</li>
42577</ul>
42578<b>ns3::WaypointMobilityModel</b><br>
42579<ul>
42580<li><b>InitialPositionIsWaypoint</b>: Calling SetPosition with no waypoints creates a waypoint.</li>
42581<li><b>LazyNotify</b>: Only call NotifyCourseChange when position is calculated.</li>
42582<li><b>NextWaypoint</b>: The next waypoint used to determine position.</li>
42583<li><b>WaypointsLeft</b>: The number of waypoints remaining.</li>
42584</ul>
42585<b>ns3::WeibullRandomVariable</b><br>
42586<ul>
42587<li><b>Bound</b>: The upper bound on the values returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42588<li><b>Scale</b>: The scale parameter for the Weibull distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42589<li><b>Shape</b>: The shape parameter for the Weibull distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42590</ul>
42591<b>ns3::WifiAssocManager</b><br>
42592<ul>
42593<li><b>AllowedLinks</b>: Only Beacon and Probe Response frames received on a link belonging to the given set are processed. An empty set is equivalent to the set of all links.</li>
42594</ul>
42595<b>ns3::WifiDefaultAckManager</b><br>
42596<ul>
42597<li><b>BaThreshold</b>: Immediate acknowledgment is requested upon transmission of a frame whose sequence number is distant at least BaThreshold multiplied by the transmit window size from the starting sequence number of the transmit window. Set to zero to request a response for every transmitted frame.</li>
42598<li><b>DlMuAckSequenceType</b>: Type of the acknowledgment sequence for DL MU PPDUs.</li>
42599<li><b>MaxBlockAckMcs</b>: The MCS used to send a BlockAck in a TB PPDU is the minimum between the MCS used for the PSDU sent in the preceding DL MU PPDU and the value of this attribute.</li>
42600<li><b>UseExplicitBar</b>: Specify whether to send Block Ack Requests (if true) or use Implicit Block Ack Request ack policy (if false).</li>
42601</ul>
42602<b>ns3::WifiDefaultAssocManager</b><br>
42603<ul>
42604<li><b>ChannelSwitchTimeout</b>: After requesting a channel switch on a link to setup that link, wait at most this amount of time. If a channel switch is not notified within this amount of time, we give up setting up that link.</li>
42605</ul>
42606<b>ns3::WifiDefaultProtectionManager</b><br>
42607<ul>
42608<li><b>EnableMuRts</b>: If enabled, always protect a DL/UL MU frame exchange with MU-RTS/CTS.</li>
42609<li><b>SingleRtsPerTxop</b>: If enabled, a protection mechanism (RTS or MU-RTS) is normally used no more than once in a TXOP, regardless of the destination of the data frame (unless required for specific purposes, such as transmitting an Initial Control Frame to an EMLSR client).</li>
42610<li><b>SkipMuRtsBeforeBsrp</b>: If enabled, MU-RTS is not used to protect the transmission of a BSRP Trigger Frame.</li>
42611</ul>
42612<b>ns3::WifiMac</b><br>
42613<ul>
42614<li><b>BE_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BE. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.</li>
42615<li><b>BE_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BE queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.</li>
42616<li><b>BE_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42617<li><b>BE_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BE access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42618<li><b>BE_Txop</b>: Queue that manages packets belonging to AC_BE access class.</li>
42619<li><b>BK_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_BK. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.</li>
42620<li><b>BK_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in BK queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.</li>
42621<li><b>BK_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42622<li><b>BK_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_BK access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42623<li><b>BK_Txop</b>: Queue that manages packets belonging to AC_BK access class.</li>
42624<li><b>ChannelAccessManagers</b>: The Channel Access Manager(s) attached to this device.</li>
42625<li><b>CtsToSelfSupported</b>: Use CTS to Self when using a rate that is not in the basic rate set.</li>
42626<li><b>FrameExchangeManagers</b>: The Frame Exchange Manager(s) attached to this device.</li>
42627<li><b>FrameRetryLimit</b>: The maximum number of transmission attempts of a frame that are made before a failure condition is indicated. This corresponds to the dot11ShortRetryLimit parameter in the standard.</li>
42628<li><b>MpduBufferSize</b>: The size (in number of MPDUs) of the buffer used for each BlockAck agreement in which this node is a recipient. The provided value is capped to the maximum allowed value based on the supported standard.</li>
42629<li><b>QosSupported</b>: This Boolean attribute is set to enable 802.11e/WMM-style QoS support at this STA.</li>
42630<li><b>RobustAVStreamingSupported</b>: Whether or not Robust Audio Video Streaming is supported (only allowed for AP STAs or non-AP that are HT capable).</li>
42631<li><b>ShortSlotTimeSupported</b>: Whether or not short slot time is supported (only used by ERP APs or STAs).</li>
42632<li><b>Ssid</b>: The ssid we want to belong to.</li>
42633<li><b>Txop</b>: The Txop object.</li>
42634<li><b>VI_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VI. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.</li>
42635<li><b>VI_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VI queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.</li>
42636<li><b>VI_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42637<li><b>VI_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VI access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42638<li><b>VI_Txop</b>: Queue that manages packets belonging to AC_VI access class.</li>
42639<li><b>VO_BlockAckInactivityTimeout</b>: Represents max time (blocks of 1024 microseconds) allowed for block ackinactivity for AC_VO. If this value isn't equal to 0 a timer start after that ablock ack setup is completed and will be reset every time that a block ackframe is received. If this value is 0, block ack inactivity timeout won't be used.</li>
42640<li><b>VO_BlockAckThreshold</b>: If number of packets in VO queue reaches this value, block ack mechanism is used. If this value is 0, block ack is never used.When A-MPDU is enabled, block ack mechanism is used regardless of this value.</li>
42641<li><b>VO_MaxAmpduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MPDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 65535 for HT PPDUs, 1048575 for VHT PPDUs, 6500631 for HE PPDUs and 15523200 for EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MPDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42642<li><b>VO_MaxAmsduSize</b>: Maximum length in bytes of an A-MSDU for AC_VO access class (capped to 7935 for HT PPDUs and 11398 for VHT/HE/EHT PPDUs). Value 0 means A-MSDU aggregation is disabled for that AC.</li>
42643<li><b>VO_Txop</b>: Queue that manages packets belonging to AC_VO access class.</li>
42644</ul>
42645<b>ns3::WifiMacQueue</b><br>
42646<ul>
42647<li><b>MaxDelay</b>: If a packet stays longer than this delay in the queue, it is dropped.</li>
42648<li><b>MaxSize</b>: The max queue size</li>
42649</ul>
42650<b>ns3::WifiNetDevice</b><br>
42651<ul>
42652<li><b>EhtConfiguration</b>: The EhtConfiguration object.</li>
42653<li><b>HeConfiguration</b>: The HeConfiguration object.</li>
42654<li><b>HtConfiguration</b>: The HtConfiguration object.</li>
42655<li><b>Mac</b>: The MAC layer attached to this device.</li>
42656<li><b>Mtu</b>: The MAC-level Maximum Transmission Unit</li>
42657<li><b>Phy</b>: The PHY layer attached to this device.</li>
42658<li><b>Phys</b>: The PHY layers attached to this device (11be multi-link devices only).</li>
42659<li><b>RemoteStationManager</b>: The station manager attached to this device.</li>
42660<li><b>RemoteStationManagers</b>: The remote station managers attached to this device (11be multi-link devices only).</li>
42661<li><b>VhtConfiguration</b>: The VhtConfiguration object.</li>
42662</ul>
42663<b>ns3::WifiPhy</b><br>
42664<ul>
42665<li><b>Antennas</b>: The number of antennas on the device.</li>
42666<li><b>CcaEdThreshold</b>: The energy of all received signals should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.</li>
42667<li><b>CcaSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received wifi signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) in the primary channel to allow the PHY layer to declare CCA BUSY state.</li>
42668<li><b>Channel</b>: The channel attached to this PHY</li>
42669<li><b>ChannelNumber</b>: The channel number of the current operating channel.</li>
42670<li><b>ChannelSettings</b>: A vector of tuple {channel number, channel width (MHz), PHY band, primary20 index} describing the settings of the operating channel for each segment. The primary20 index (only the value set for the first segment is used) is the index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency) and is only valid if the width of the operating channel is a multiple of 20 MHz. If the standard for this object has not been set yet, the value of this attribute is saved and will be used to set the operating channel when the standard is configured. If the PHY band is left unspecified, the default band for the configured standard is used. If the channel width and the channel number are both 0, the default channel width for the configured standard and band are used. If the channel number is 0, the default channel number for the configured standard, band and channel width is used. Note that the channel width can be left unspecified (0) if the channel number uniquely identify a frequency channel for the given standard and band.</li>
42671<li><b>ChannelSwitchDelay</b>: Delay between two short frames transmitted on different frequencies.</li>
42672<li><b>ChannelWidth</b>: The width in MHz of the current operating channel (5, 10, 20, 22, 40, 80 or 160). If 80+80MHz is used, this corresponds to the total channel width, hence 160 MHz.</li>
42673<li><b>FixedPhyBand</b>: If set to true, changing PHY band is prohibited after initialization.</li>
42674<li><b>FrameCaptureModel</b>: Ptr to an object that implements the frame capture model</li>
42675<li><b>Frequency</b>: The center frequency (MHz) of the current operating channel.</li>
42676<li><b>InterferenceHelper</b>: Ptr to an object that implements the interference helper</li>
42677<li><b>MaxSupportedRxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported RX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.</li>
42678<li><b>MaxSupportedTxSpatialStreams</b>: The maximum number of supported TX spatial streams.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11n/ac/ax STAs and APs.</li>
42679<li><b>NotifyMacHdrRxEnd</b>: Whether the PHY is capable of notifying the MAC about the end of the reception of the MAC header of every MPDU.</li>
42680<li><b>Pifs</b>: The duration of the PCF Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.</li>
42681<li><b>PostReceptionErrorModel</b>: An optional packet error model can be added to the receive packet process after any propagation-based (SNR-based) error models have been applied. Typically this is used to force specific packet drops, for testing purposes.</li>
42682<li><b>PowerDensityLimit</b>: The mean equivalent isotropically radiated power densitylimit (in dBm/MHz) set by regulators.</li>
42683<li><b>PreambleDetectionModel</b>: Ptr to an object that implements the preamble detection model</li>
42684<li><b>Primary20MHzIndex</b>: The index of the primary 20 MHz channel within the current operating channel (0 indicates the 20 MHz subchannel with the lowest center frequency).</li>
42685<li><b>RxGain</b>: Reception gain (dB).</li>
42686<li><b>RxNoiseFigure</b>: Loss (dB) in the Signal-to-Noise-Ratio due to non-idealities in the receiver. According to Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noise_figure), this is "the difference in decibels (dB) between the noise output of the actual receiver to the noise output of an ideal receiver with the same overall gain and bandwidth when the receivers are connected to sources at the standard noise temperature T0 (usually 290 K)".</li>
42687<li><b>RxSensitivity</b>: The energy of a received signal should be higher than this threshold (dBm) for the PHY to detect the signal. This threshold refers to a width of 20 MHz and will be scaled to match the width of the received signal.</li>
42688<li><b>ShortPlcpPreambleSupported</b>: Whether or not short PHY preamble is supported.This parameter is only valuable for 802.11b STAs and APs.Note: 802.11g APs and STAs always support short PHY preamble.</li>
42689<li><b>Sifs</b>: The duration of the Short Interframe Space. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.</li>
42690<li><b>Slot</b>: The duration of a slot. NOTE that the default value is overwritten by the value defined by the standard; if you want to set this attribute, you have to do it after that the PHY object is initialized.</li>
42691<li><b>State</b>: The state of the PHY layer.</li>
42692<li><b>TxGain</b>: Transmission gain (dB).</li>
42693<li><b>TxPowerEnd</b>: Maximum available transmission level (dBm).</li>
42694<li><b>TxPowerLevels</b>: Number of transmission power levels available between TxPowerStart and TxPowerEnd included.</li>
42695<li><b>TxPowerStart</b>: Minimum available transmission level (dBm).</li>
42696</ul>
42697<b>ns3::WifiRadioEnergyModel</b><br>
42698<ul>
42699<li><b>CcaBusyCurrentA</b>: The default radio CCA Busy State current in Ampere.</li>
42700<li><b>IdleCurrentA</b>: The default radio Idle current in Ampere.</li>
42701<li><b>RxCurrentA</b>: The radio RX current in Ampere.</li>
42702<li><b>SleepCurrentA</b>: The radio Sleep current in Ampere.</li>
42703<li><b>SwitchingCurrentA</b>: The default radio Channel Switch current in Ampere.</li>
42704<li><b>TxCurrentA</b>: The radio TX current in Ampere.</li>
42705<li><b>TxCurrentModel</b>: A pointer to the attached TX current model.</li>
42706</ul>
42707<b>ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</b><br>
42708<ul>
42709<li><b>DefaultTxPowerLevel</b>: Default power level to be used for transmissions. This is the power level that is used by all those WifiManagers that do not implement TX power control.</li>
42710<li><b>ErpProtectionMode</b>: Protection mode used when non-ERP STAs are connected to an ERP AP: Rts-Cts or Cts-To-Self</li>
42711<li><b>FragmentationThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we fragment it such that the size of the fragments are equal or smaller. This value does not apply when it is carried in an A-MPDU. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.</li>
42712<li><b>HtProtectionMode</b>: Protection mode used when non-HT STAs are connected to a HT AP: Rts-Cts or Cts-To-Self</li>
42713<li><b>IncrementRetryCountUnderBa</b>: The 802.11-2020 standard states that the retry count for frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement shall not be incremented when a transmission fails. As a consequence, frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement are not dropped based on the number of retries. Set this attribute to true to override the standard behavior and increment the retry count (and eventually drop) frames that are part of a Block Ack agreement.</li>
42714<li><b>MaxSlrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size > RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.</li>
42715<li><b>MaxSsrc</b>: The maximum number of retransmission attempts for any packet with size <= RtsCtsThreshold. This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.</li>
42716<li><b>NonUnicastMode</b>: Wifi mode used for non-unicast transmissions.</li>
42717<li><b>RtsCtsThreshold</b>: If the size of the PSDU is bigger than this value, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.This value will not have any effect on some rate control algorithms.</li>
42718<li><b>RtsCtsTxDurationThresh</b>: If this threshold is a strictly positive value and the TX duration of the PSDU is greater than or equal to this threshold, we use an RTS/CTS handshake before sending the data frame.</li>
42719</ul>
42720<b>ns3::WimaxConnection</b><br>
42721<ul>
42722<li><b>TxQueue</b>: Transmit queue</li>
42723<li><b>Type</b>: Connection type</li>
42724</ul>
42725<b>ns3::WimaxMacQueue</b><br>
42726<ul>
42727<li><b>MaxSize</b>: Maximum size</li>
42728</ul>
42729<b>ns3::WimaxNetDevice</b><br>
42730<ul>
42731<li><b>BandwidthManager</b>: The bandwidth manager attached to this device.</li>
42744<li><b>Bandwidth</b>: The channel bandwidth in Hz.</li>
42745<li><b>Channel</b>: Wimax channel</li>
42746<li><b>FrameDuration</b>: The frame duration in seconds.</li>
42747<li><b>Frequency</b>: The central frequency in KHz.</li>
42748</ul>
42749<b>ns3::YansWifiChannel</b><br>
42750<ul>
42751<li><b>PropagationDelayModel</b>: A pointer to the propagation delay model attached to this channel.</li>
42752<li><b>PropagationLossModel</b>: A pointer to the propagation loss model attached to this channel.</li>
42753</ul>
42754<b>ns3::ZetaRandomVariable</b><br>
42755<ul>
42756<li><b>Alpha</b>: The alpha value for the zeta distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42757</ul>
42758<b>ns3::zigbee::ZigbeeNwk</b><br>
42759<ul>
42760<li><b>MaxPendingTxQueueSize</b>: The maximum size of the table storing pending packets awaiting to be transmitted after discovering a route to the destination.</li>
42761<li><b>NwkcCoordinatorCapable</b>: [Constant] Indicates whether the device is capable of becoming aZigbee coordinator.</li>
42762<li><b>NwkcInitialRREQRetries</b>: [Constant] The number of times the first broadcast transmissionof a RREQ cmd frame is retried.</li>
42763<li><b>NwkcMaxRREQJitter</b>: [Constant] The duration between retries of a broadcast RREQ (msec)</li>
42764<li><b>NwkcMinRREQJitter</b>: [Constant] The minimum jitter for broadcast retransmission of a RREQ (msec)</li>
42765<li><b>NwkcProtocolVersion</b>: [Constant] The version of the Zigbee NWK protocol inthe device (placeholder)</li>
42766<li><b>NwkcRREQRetries</b>: [Constant] The number of times the broadcast transmission of aRREQ cmd frame is retried on relay by intermediate router orcoordinator.</li>
42767<li><b>NwkcRREQRetryInterval</b>: [Constant] The duration between retries of a broadcast RREQ cmd frame.</li>
42768<li><b>NwkcRouteDiscoveryTime</b>: [Constant] The duration until a route discovery expires</li>
42769</ul>
42770<b>ns3::ZipfRandomVariable</b><br>
42771<ul>
42772<li><b>Alpha</b>: The alpha value for the Zipf distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42773<li><b>N</b>: The n value for the Zipf distribution returned by this RNG stream.</li>
42774</ul>
42775*/
42776
42777/*!
42778\page GlobalValueList All GlobalValues
42779
42780This is a list of all \ref ns3::GlobalValue instances.
42781See ns3::GlobalValue for how to set these.
42782<ul>
42783 <li><b>[SimulatorImplementationType](\ref GlobalValueSimulatorImplementationType)</b>: The object class to use as the simulator implementation. Default value: ns3::DefaultSimulatorImpl.</li>
42784 <li><b>[SchedulerType](\ref GlobalValueSchedulerType)</b>: The object class to use as the scheduler implementation. Default value: ns3::MapScheduler.</li>
42785 <li><b>[RngSeed](\ref GlobalValueRngSeed)</b>: The global seed of all rng streams. Default value: 1.</li>
42786 <li><b>[RngRun](\ref GlobalValueRngRun)</b>: The substream index used for all streams. Default value: 1.</li>
42787 <li><b>[ChecksumEnabled](\ref GlobalValueChecksumEnabled)</b>: A global switch to enable all checksums for all protocols. Default value: false.</li>
42788</ul>
42789*/
42790
42791/*!
42792\page GroupsList All Object Groups
42793
42794This is a list of all Object Groups.
42795Objects are added to groups by [ns3::TypeId::SetGroupName()](\ref ns3::TypeId::SetGroupName)
44392This is a list of all \ref tracing sources. For more information see the \ref tracing section of this API documentation and the Tracing sections in the Tutorial and Manual.
44393
44394<b>ns3::AarfcdWifiManager</b><br>
44395<ul>
44396<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44397</ul>
44398<b>ns3::AarfWifiManager</b><br>
44399<ul>
44400<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44401</ul>
44402<b>ns3::AcousticModemEnergyModel</b><br>
44403<ul>
44404<li><b>TotalEnergyConsumption</b>: Total energy consumption of the modem device.</li>
44405</ul>
44406<b>ns3::AlohaNoackNetDevice</b><br>
44407<ul>
44408<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44409<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44410<li><b>MacTx</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has arrived for transmission by this device</li>
44411<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device before transmission</li>
44412</ul>
44413<b>ns3::AmrrWifiManager</b><br>
44414<ul>
44415<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44416</ul>
44417<b>ns3::AparfWifiManager</b><br>
44418<ul>
44419<li><b>PowerChange</b>: The transmission power has change</li>
44420<li><b>RateChange</b>: The transmission rate has change</li>
44421</ul>
44422<b>ns3::ApplicationPacketProbe</b><br>
44423<ul>
44424<li><b>Output</b>: The packet plus its socket address that serve as the output for this probe</li>
44425<li><b>OutputBytes</b>: The number of bytes in the packet</li>
44426</ul>
44427<b>ns3::ApWifiMac</b><br>
44428<ul>
44429<li><b>AssociatedSta</b>: A station associated with this access point.</li>
44430<li><b>DeAssociatedSta</b>: A station lost association with this access point.</li>
44431</ul>
44432<b>ns3::ArfWifiManager</b><br>
44433<ul>
44434<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44435</ul>
44436<b>ns3::ArpCache</b><br>
44437<ul>
44438<li><b>Drop</b>: Packet dropped due to ArpCache entry in WaitReply expiring.</li>
44439</ul>
44440<b>ns3::ArpL3Protocol</b><br>
44441<ul>
44442<li><b>Drop</b>: Packet dropped because not enough room in pending queue for a specific cache entry.</li>
44443</ul>
44444<b>ns3::BaseStationNetDevice</b><br>
44445<ul>
44446<li><b>BSPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44447<li><b>BSRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44448<li><b>BSRxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer after it has been passed up from the physical layer.</li>
44449<li><b>BSTx</b>: A packet has been received from higher layers and is being processed in preparation for queueing for transmission.</li>
44450<li><b>BSTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission.</li>
44451</ul>
44452<b>ns3::BlockAckManager</b><br>
44453<ul>
44454<li><b>AgreementState</b>: The state of the ADDBA handshake</li>
44455</ul>
44456<b>ns3::BooleanProbe</b><br>
44457<ul>
44458<li><b>Output</b>: The bool that serves as output for this probe</li>
44459</ul>
44460<b>ns3::BulkSendApplication</b><br>
44461<ul>
44462<li><b>TcpRetransmission</b>: The TCP socket retransmitted a packet</li>
44463<li><b>Tx</b>: A new packet is sent</li>
44464<li><b>TxWithSeqTsSize</b>: A new packet is created with SeqTsSizeHeader</li>
44465</ul>
44466<b>ns3::CaraWifiManager</b><br>
44467<ul>
44468<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44469</ul>
44470<b>ns3::ChannelAccessManager</b><br>
44471<ul>
44472<li><b>NSlotsLeftAlert</b>: The backoff counter of the AC with the given index reached the threshold set through the NSlotsLeft attribute.</li>
44473</ul>
44474<b>ns3::CobaltQueueDisc</b><br>
44475<ul>
44476<li><b>Count</b>: Cobalt count</li>
44477<li><b>DropNext</b>: Time until next packet drop</li>
44478<li><b>DropState</b>: Dropping state</li>
44479</ul>
44480<b>ns3::CoDelQueueDisc</b><br>
44481<ul>
44482<li><b>Count</b>: CoDel count</li>
44483<li><b>DropNext</b>: Time until next packet drop</li>
44484<li><b>DropState</b>: Dropping state</li>
44485<li><b>LastCount</b>: CoDel lastcount</li>
44486</ul>
44487<b>ns3::CsmaNetDevice</b><br>
44488<ul>
44489<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44490<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44491<li><b>MacTx</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has arrived for transmission by this device</li>
44492<li><b>MacTxBackoff</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been delayed by the CSMA backoff process</li>
44493<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device before transmission</li>
44494<li><b>PhyRxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during reception</li>
44495<li><b>PhyRxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely received by the device</li>
44496<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the channel</li>
44497<li><b>PhyTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during transmission</li>
44498<li><b>PhyTxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely transmitted over the channel</li>
44499<li><b>PromiscSniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44500<li><b>Sniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a non-promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44514<li><b>LinkClose</b>: New peer link closed</li>
44515<li><b>LinkOpen</b>: New peer link opened</li>
44516</ul>
44517<b>ns3::DoubleProbe</b><br>
44518<ul>
44519<li><b>Output</b>: The double that serves as output for this probe</li>
44520</ul>
44521<b>ns3::dsr::DsrOptions</b><br>
44522<ul>
44523<li><b>Drop</b>: Packet dropped.</li>
44524<li><b>Rx</b>: Receive DSR packet.</li>
44525</ul>
44526<b>ns3::dsr::DsrRouting</b><br>
44527<ul>
44528<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop DSR packet</li>
44529<li><b>Tx</b>: Send DSR packet.</li>
44530</ul>
44531<b>ns3::DynamicQueueLimits</b><br>
44532<ul>
44533<li><b>Limit</b>: Limit value calculated by DQL</li>
44534</ul>
44535<b>ns3::EmlsrManager</b><br>
44536<ul>
44537<li><b>MainPhySwitch</b>: This trace source is fired when the main PHY switches channel to operate on another link. Information associated with the main PHY switch is provided through a struct that is inherited from struct EmlsrMainPhySwitchTrace (use the GetName() method to get the type of the provided object).</li>
44538</ul>
44539<b>ns3::energy::BasicEnergyHarvester</b><br>
44540<ul>
44541<li><b>HarvestedPower</b>: Harvested power by the BasicEnergyHarvester.</li>
44542<li><b>TotalEnergyHarvested</b>: Total energy harvested by the harvester.</li>
44543</ul>
44544<b>ns3::energy::BasicEnergySource</b><br>
44545<ul>
44546<li><b>RemainingEnergy</b>: Remaining energy at BasicEnergySource.</li>
44547</ul>
44548<b>ns3::energy::GenericBatteryModel</b><br>
44549<ul>
44550<li><b>RemainingEnergy</b>: Remaining energy of generic battery</li>
44551</ul>
44552<b>ns3::energy::LiIonEnergySource</b><br>
44553<ul>
44554<li><b>RemainingEnergy</b>: Remaining energy at BasicEnergySource.</li>
44555</ul>
44556<b>ns3::energy::RvBatteryModel</b><br>
44557<ul>
44558<li><b>RvBatteryModelBatteryLevel</b>: RV battery model battery level.</li>
44559<li><b>RvBatteryModelBatteryLifetime</b>: RV battery model battery lifetime.</li>
44563<li><b>TotalEnergyConsumption</b>: Total energy consumption of the radio device.</li>
44564</ul>
44565<b>ns3::EpcUeNas</b><br>
44566<ul>
44567<li><b>StateTransition</b>: fired upon every UE NAS state transition</li>
44568</ul>
44569<b>ns3::FdNetDevice</b><br>
44570<ul>
44571<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44572<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44573<li><b>MacTx</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has arrived for transmission by this device</li>
44574<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device before transmission</li>
44575<li><b>PromiscSniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44576<li><b>Sniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a non-promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44577</ul>
44578<b>ns3::HalfDuplexIdealPhy</b><br>
44579<ul>
44580<li><b>RxAbort</b>: Trace fired when a previously started RX is aborted before time</li>
44581<li><b>RxEndError</b>: Trace fired when a previously started RX terminates with an error (packet is corrupted)</li>
44582<li><b>RxEndOk</b>: Trace fired when a previously started RX terminates successfully</li>
44583<li><b>RxStart</b>: Trace fired when the start of a signal is detected</li>
44584<li><b>TxEnd</b>: Trace fired when a previously started transmission is finished</li>
44585<li><b>TxStart</b>: Trace fired when a new transmission is started</li>
44586</ul>
44587<b>ns3::Icmpv6L4Protocol</b><br>
44588<ul>
44589<li><b>DadFailure</b>: Duplicate Address detected during DAD, the address is now INVALID</li>
44590<li><b>DadSuccess</b>: Duplicate Address not detected during DAD, the address is now PREFERRED</li>
44591</ul>
44592<b>ns3::IdealWifiManager</b><br>
44593<ul>
44594<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44595</ul>
44596<b>ns3::Ipv4Interface</b><br>
44597<ul>
44598<li><b>InterfaceStatus</b>: Interface has been set up or down.</li>
44599</ul>
44600<b>ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol</b><br>
44601<ul>
44602<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop ipv4 packet</li>
44603<li><b>LocalDeliver</b>: An IPv4 packet was received by/for this node, and it is being forward up the stack</li>
44604<li><b>MulticastForward</b>: A multicast IPv4 packet was received by this node and is being forwarded to another node</li>
44605<li><b>Rx</b>: Receive ipv4 packet from incoming interface.</li>
44606<li><b>SendOutgoing</b>: A newly-generated packet by this node is about to be queued for transmission</li>
44607<li><b>Tx</b>: Send ipv4 packet to outgoing interface.</li>
44608<li><b>UnicastForward</b>: A unicast IPv4 packet was received by this node and is being forwarded to another node</li>
44609</ul>
44610<b>ns3::Ipv4PacketProbe</b><br>
44611<ul>
44612<li><b>Output</b>: The packet plus its IPv4 object and interface that serve as the output for this probe</li>
44613<li><b>OutputBytes</b>: The number of bytes in the packet</li>
44614</ul>
44615<b>ns3::Ipv6Interface</b><br>
44616<ul>
44617<li><b>InterfaceStatus</b>: Interface has been set up or down.</li>
44618</ul>
44619<b>ns3::Ipv6L3Protocol</b><br>
44620<ul>
44621<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop IPv6 packet</li>
44622<li><b>LocalDeliver</b>: An IPv6 packet was received by/for this node, and it is being forward up the stack</li>
44623<li><b>Rx</b>: Receive IPv6 packet from incoming interface.</li>
44624<li><b>SendOutgoing</b>: A newly-generated packet by this node is about to be queued for transmission</li>
44625<li><b>Tx</b>: Send IPv6 packet to outgoing interface.</li>
44626<li><b>UnicastForward</b>: A unicast IPv6 packet was received by this node and is being forwarded to another node</li>
44627</ul>
44628<b>ns3::Ipv6PacketProbe</b><br>
44629<ul>
44630<li><b>Output</b>: The packet plus its IPv6 object and interface that serve as the output for this probe</li>
44631<li><b>OutputBytes</b>: The number of bytes in the packet</li>
44632</ul>
44633<b>ns3::lrwpan::LrWpanMac</b><br>
44634<ul>
44635<li><b>IfsEnd</b>: Trace source reporting the end of an Interframe space (IFS)</li>
44636<li><b>MacIncSuperframeStatus</b>: The period status of the incoming superframe</li>
44637<li><b>MacIndTxDequeue</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has was dequeued from the indirect transaction queue</li>
44638<li><b>MacIndTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped from the indirect transaction queue(The pending transaction list)</li>
44639<li><b>MacIndTxEnqueue</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been enqueued in the indirect transaction queue</li>
44640<li><b>MacOutSuperframeStatus</b>: The period status of the outgoing superframe</li>
44641<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44642<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44643<li><b>MacRxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet was received, but dropped before being forwarded up the stack</li>
44644<li><b>MacSentPkt</b>: Trace source reporting some information about the sent packet</li>
44645<li><b>MacState</b>: The state of LrWpan Mac</li>
44646<li><b>MacStateValue</b>: The state of LrWpan Mac</li>
44647<li><b>MacTx</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has arrived for transmission by this device</li>
44648<li><b>MacTxDequeue</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has was dequeued from the transaction queue</li>
44649<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped during transmission</li>
44650<li><b>MacTxEnqueue</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been enqueued in the transaction queue</li>
44651<li><b>MacTxOk</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been successfully sent</li>
44652<li><b>PromiscSniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44653<li><b>Sniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a non-promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44654</ul>
44655<b>ns3::lrwpan::LrWpanPhy</b><br>
44656<ul>
44657<li><b>PhyRxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun being received from the channel medium by the device</li>
44658<li><b>PhyRxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during reception</li>
44659<li><b>PhyRxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely received from the channel medium by the device</li>
44660<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the channel medium</li>
44661<li><b>PhyTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during transmission</li>
44662<li><b>PhyTxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely transmitted over the channel.</li>
44663<li><b>TrxState</b>: The state of the transceiver</li>
44664<li><b>TrxStateValue</b>: The state of the transceiver</li>
44665</ul>
44666<b>ns3::LteEnbMac</b><br>
44667<ul>
44668<li><b>DlScheduling</b>: Information regarding DL scheduling.</li>
44669<li><b>UlScheduling</b>: Information regarding UL scheduling.</li>
44674<li><b>ReportInterference</b>: Report linear interference power per PHY RB</li>
44675<li><b>ReportUeSinr</b>: Report UEs' averaged linear SINR</li>
44676</ul>
44677<b>ns3::LteEnbRrc</b><br>
44678<ul>
44679<li><b>ConnectionEstablished</b>: Fired upon successful RRC connection establishment.</li>
44680<li><b>ConnectionReconfiguration</b>: trace fired upon RRC connection reconfiguration</li>
44681<li><b>HandoverEndOk</b>: trace fired upon successful termination of a handover procedure</li>
44682<li><b>HandoverFailureJoining</b>: trace fired upon handover failure due to handover joining timeout at target eNB</li>
44683<li><b>HandoverFailureLeaving</b>: trace fired upon handover failure due to handover leaving timeout at source eNB</li>
44684<li><b>HandoverFailureMaxRach</b>: trace fired upon handover failure due to max RACH attempts from UE to target eNB</li>
44685<li><b>HandoverFailureNoPreamble</b>: trace fired upon handover failure due to non-allocation of non-contention based preamble at eNB for UE to handover due to max count reached</li>
44686<li><b>HandoverStart</b>: trace fired upon start of a handover procedure</li>
44687<li><b>NewUeContext</b>: Fired upon creation of a new UE context.</li>
44688<li><b>NotifyConnectionRelease</b>: trace fired when an UE is released</li>
44689<li><b>RecvMeasurementReport</b>: trace fired when measurement report is received</li>
44690<li><b>RrcTimeout</b>: trace fired when a timer expires</li>
44691</ul>
44692<b>ns3::LtePdcp</b><br>
44693<ul>
44694<li><b>RxPDU</b>: PDU received.</li>
44695<li><b>TxPDU</b>: PDU transmission notified to the RLC.</li>
44696</ul>
44697<b>ns3::LteRlc</b><br>
44698<ul>
44699<li><b>RxPDU</b>: PDU received.</li>
44700<li><b>TxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped before transmission</li>
44701<li><b>TxPDU</b>: PDU transmission notified to the MAC.</li>
44728<li><b>ReportPucchTxPower</b>: Report PUCCH TxPower in dBm</li>
44729<li><b>ReportPuschTxPower</b>: Report PUSCH TxPower in dBm</li>
44730<li><b>ReportSrsTxPower</b>: Report SRS TxPower in dBm</li>
44731</ul>
44732<b>ns3::LteUeRrc</b><br>
44733<ul>
44734<li><b>ConnectionEstablished</b>: trace fired upon successful RRC connection establishment</li>
44735<li><b>ConnectionReconfiguration</b>: trace fired upon RRC connection reconfiguration</li>
44736<li><b>ConnectionTimeout</b>: trace fired upon timeout RRC connection establishment because of T300</li>
44737<li><b>DrbCreated</b>: trace fired after DRB is created</li>
44738<li><b>HandoverEndError</b>: trace fired upon failure of a handover procedure</li>
44739<li><b>HandoverEndOk</b>: trace fired upon successful termination of a handover procedure</li>
44740<li><b>HandoverStart</b>: trace fired upon start of a handover procedure</li>
44741<li><b>InitialCellSelectionEndError</b>: trace fired upon failed initial cell selection procedure</li>
44742<li><b>InitialCellSelectionEndOk</b>: trace fired upon successful initial cell selection procedure</li>
44743<li><b>MibReceived</b>: trace fired upon reception of Master Information Block</li>
44744<li><b>PhySyncDetection</b>: trace fired upon receiving in Sync or out of Sync indications from UE PHY</li>
44745<li><b>RadioLinkFailure</b>: trace fired upon failure of radio link</li>
44746<li><b>RandomAccessError</b>: trace fired upon failure of the random access procedure</li>
44747<li><b>RandomAccessSuccessful</b>: trace fired upon successful completion of the random access procedure</li>
44748<li><b>SCarrierConfigured</b>: trace fired after configuring secondary carriers</li>
44749<li><b>Sib1Received</b>: trace fired upon reception of System Information Block Type 1</li>
44750<li><b>Sib2Received</b>: trace fired upon reception of System Information Block Type 2</li>
44751<li><b>Srb1Created</b>: trace fired after SRB1 is created</li>
44752<li><b>StateTransition</b>: trace fired upon every UE RRC state transition</li>
44753</ul>
44754<b>ns3::MinstrelHtWifiManager</b><br>
44755<ul>
44756<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44757</ul>
44758<b>ns3::MinstrelWifiManager</b><br>
44759<ul>
44760<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44761</ul>
44762<b>ns3::MobilityModel</b><br>
44763<ul>
44764<li><b>CourseChange</b>: The value of the position and/or velocity vector changed</li>
44765</ul>
44766<b>ns3::ObssPdAlgorithm</b><br>
44767<ul>
44768<li><b>Reset</b>: Trace CCA Reset event</li>
44769</ul>
44770<b>ns3::olsr::RoutingProtocol</b><br>
44771<ul>
44772<li><b>RoutingTableChanged</b>: The OLSR routing table has changed.</li>
44773<li><b>Rx</b>: Receive OLSR packet.</li>
44774<li><b>Tx</b>: Send OLSR packet.</li>
44775</ul>
44776<b>ns3::OnoeWifiManager</b><br>
44777<ul>
44778<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
44779</ul>
44780<b>ns3::OnOffApplication</b><br>
44781<ul>
44782<li><b>OnOffState</b>: Application state (0-OFF, 1-ON)</li>
44783<li><b>Tx</b>: A new packet is created and is sent</li>
44784<li><b>TxWithAddresses</b>: A new packet is created and is sent</li>
44785<li><b>TxWithSeqTsSize</b>: A new packet is created with SeqTsSizeHeader</li>
44786</ul>
44787<b>ns3::PacketProbe</b><br>
44788<ul>
44789<li><b>Output</b>: The packet that serve as the output for this probe</li>
44790<li><b>OutputBytes</b>: The number of bytes in the packet</li>
44791</ul>
44792<b>ns3::PacketSink</b><br>
44793<ul>
44794<li><b>Rx</b>: A packet has been received</li>
44795<li><b>RxWithAddresses</b>: A packet has been received</li>
44796<li><b>RxWithSeqTsSize</b>: A packet with SeqTsSize header has been received</li>
44797</ul>
44798<b>ns3::PacketSocket</b><br>
44799<ul>
44800<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop packet due to receive buffer overflow</li>
44801</ul>
44802<b>ns3::PacketSocketClient</b><br>
44803<ul>
44804<li><b>Tx</b>: A packet has been sent</li>
44805</ul>
44806<b>ns3::PacketSocketServer</b><br>
44807<ul>
44808<li><b>Rx</b>: A packet has been received</li>
44809</ul>
44810<b>ns3::ParfWifiManager</b><br>
44811<ul>
44812<li><b>PowerChange</b>: The transmission power has change</li>
44813<li><b>RateChange</b>: The transmission rate has change</li>
44814</ul>
44815<b>ns3::Ping</b><br>
44816<ul>
44817<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop events due to destination unreachable or other errors.</li>
44818<li><b>Report</b>: Summary report at close of application.</li>
44819<li><b>Rtt</b>: The sequence number and RTT sample.</li>
44820<li><b>Tx</b>: The sequence number and ICMP echo response packet.</li>
44821</ul>
44822<b>ns3::PointToPointChannel</b><br>
44823<ul>
44824<li><b>TxRxPointToPoint</b>: Trace source indicating transmission of packet from the PointToPointChannel, used by the Animation interface.</li>
44825</ul>
44826<b>ns3::PointToPointNetDevice</b><br>
44827<ul>
44828<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44829<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44830<li><b>MacTx</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has arrived for transmission by this device</li>
44831<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device before transmission</li>
44832<li><b>PhyRxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during reception</li>
44833<li><b>PhyRxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely received by the device</li>
44834<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the channel</li>
44835<li><b>PhyTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during transmission</li>
44836<li><b>PhyTxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely transmitted over the channel</li>
44837<li><b>PromiscSniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44838<li><b>Sniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a non-promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
44839</ul>
44840<b>ns3::QosTxop</b><br>
44841<ul>
44842<li><b>BaEstablished</b>: A block ack agreement is established with the given recipient for the given TID (and the given GCR group address, if any).</li>
44843<li><b>TxopTrace</b>: Trace source for TXOP start and duration times</li>
44844</ul>
44845<b>ns3::Queue<Packet></b><br>
44846<ul>
44847<li><b>Dequeue</b>: Dequeue a packet from the queue.</li>
44848<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop a packet (for whatever reason).</li>
44849<li><b>DropAfterDequeue</b>: Drop a packet after dequeue.</li>
44850<li><b>DropBeforeEnqueue</b>: Drop a packet before enqueue.</li>
44851<li><b>Enqueue</b>: Enqueue a packet in the queue.</li>
44852</ul>
44853<b>ns3::Queue<QueueDiscItem></b><br>
44854<ul>
44855<li><b>Dequeue</b>: Dequeue a packet from the queue.</li>
44856<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop a packet (for whatever reason).</li>
44857<li><b>DropAfterDequeue</b>: Drop a packet after dequeue.</li>
44858<li><b>DropBeforeEnqueue</b>: Drop a packet before enqueue.</li>
44859<li><b>Enqueue</b>: Enqueue a packet in the queue.</li>
44919<li><b>AveragePowerSpectralDensityReport</b>: Trace fired whenever a new value for the average Power Spectral Density is calculated</li>
44920</ul>
44921<b>ns3::SpectrumChannel</b><br>
44922<ul>
44923<li><b>Gain</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The parameters to this trace are : Pointer to the mobility model of the transmitter, Pointer to the mobility model of the receiver, Tx antenna gain, Rx antenna gain, Propagation gain, Pathloss</li>
44924<li><b>PathLoss</b>: This trace is fired whenever a new path loss value is calculated. The first and second parameters to the trace are pointers respectively to the TX and RX SpectrumPhy instances, whereas the third parameters is the loss value in dB. Note that the loss value reported by this trace is the single-frequency loss value obtained by evaluating only the TX and RX AntennaModels and the PropagationLossModel. In particular, note that SpectrumPropagationLossModel (even if present) is never used to evaluate the loss value reported in this trace.</li>
44925<li><b>TxSigParams</b>: This trace is fired whenever a signal is transmitted. The sole parameter is a pointer to a copy of the SpectrumSignalParameters provided by the transmitter.</li>
44926</ul>
44927<b>ns3::SpectrumWifiPhy</b><br>
44928<ul>
44929<li><b>SignalArrival</b>: Trace start of all signal arrivals, including weak and foreign signals</li>
44930</ul>
44931<b>ns3::StaWifiMac</b><br>
44932<ul>
44933<li><b>Assoc</b>: Associated with an access point. If this is an MLD that associated with an AP MLD, the AP MLD address is provided.</li>
44934<li><b>BeaconArrival</b>: Time of beacons arrival from associated AP</li>
44935<li><b>DeAssoc</b>: Association with an access point lost. If this is an MLD that disassociated with an AP MLD, the AP MLD address is provided.</li>
44936<li><b>EmlsrLinkSwitch</b>: Trace start/end of EMLSR link switch events: when a PHY operating on a link starts switching, provides the ID of the link and a null pointer (indicating no PHY is operating on that link); when a PHY completes switching to a link, provides the ID of the link and a pointer to the PHY (that is now operating on that link)</li>
44937<li><b>LinkSetupCompleted</b>: A link was setup in the context of ML setup with an AP MLD. Provides ID of the setup link and AP MAC address</li>
44938<li><b>ReceivedBeaconInfo</b>: Information about every received Beacon frame</li>
44939</ul>
44940<b>ns3::SubscriberStationNetDevice</b><br>
44941<ul>
44942<li><b>SSPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
44943<li><b>SSRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
44944<li><b>SSRxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer after it has been passed up from the physical layer.</li>
44945<li><b>SSTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission.</li>
44946</ul>
44947<b>ns3::TbfQueueDisc</b><br>
44948<ul>
44949<li><b>TokensInFirstBucket</b>: Number of First Bucket Tokens in bytes</li>
44950<li><b>TokensInSecondBucket</b>: Number of Second Bucket Tokens in bytes</li>
44951</ul>
44952<b>ns3::TcpBbr</b><br>
44953<ul>
44954<li><b>CwndGain</b>: The dynamic congestion window gain factor</li>
44955<li><b>MinRtt</b>: Estimated two-way round-trip propagation delay of the path, estimated from the windowed minimum recent round-trip delay sample</li>
44956<li><b>PacingGain</b>: The dynamic pacing gain factor</li>
45017<li><b>UnackSequence</b>: First unacknowledged sequence number (SND.UNA)</li>
45018</ul>
45019<b>ns3::TcpWestwoodPlus</b><br>
45020<ul>
45021<li><b>EstimatedBW</b>: The estimated bandwidth</li>
45022</ul>
45023<b>ns3::ThompsonSamplingWifiManager</b><br>
45024<ul>
45025<li><b>Rate</b>: Traced value for rate changes (b/s)</li>
45026</ul>
45027<b>ns3::ThreeGppHttpClient</b><br>
45028<ul>
45029<li><b>ConnectionClosed</b>: Connection to the destination web server is closed.</li>
45030<li><b>ConnectionEstablished</b>: Connection to the destination web server has been established.</li>
45031<li><b>Rx</b>: General trace for receiving a packet of any kind.</li>
45032<li><b>RxDelay</b>: General trace of delay for receiving a complete object.</li>
45033<li><b>RxEmbeddedObject</b>: Received a whole embedded object. Header is included.</li>
45034<li><b>RxEmbeddedObjectPacket</b>: A packet of embedded object has been received.</li>
45035<li><b>RxMainObject</b>: Received a whole main object. Header is included.</li>
45036<li><b>RxMainObjectPacket</b>: A packet of main object has been received.</li>
45037<li><b>RxPage</b>: A page has been received.</li>
45038<li><b>RxRtt</b>: General trace of round trip delay time for receiving a complete object.</li>
45039<li><b>StateTransition</b>: Trace fired upon every HTTP client state transition.</li>
45040<li><b>Tx</b>: General trace for sending a packet of any kind.</li>
45041<li><b>TxEmbeddedObjectRequest</b>: Sent a request for an embedded object.</li>
45042<li><b>TxMainObjectRequest</b>: Sent a request for a main object.</li>
45043</ul>
45044<b>ns3::ThreeGppHttpServer</b><br>
45045<ul>
45046<li><b>ConnectionEstablished</b>: Connection to a remote web client has been established.</li>
45047<li><b>EmbeddedObject</b>: An embedded object has been generated.</li>
45048<li><b>MainObject</b>: A main object has been generated.</li>
45049<li><b>Rx</b>: A packet has been received.</li>
45050<li><b>RxDelay</b>: A packet has been received with delay information.</li>
45051<li><b>RxWithAddresses</b>: A packet has been received.</li>
45052<li><b>StateTransition</b>: Trace fired upon every HTTP client state transition.</li>
45053<li><b>Tx</b>: A packet has been sent.</li>
45054</ul>
45055<b>ns3::TimeProbe</b><br>
45056<ul>
45057<li><b>Output</b>: The double valued (units of seconds) probe output</li>
45058</ul>
45059<b>ns3::TimeSeriesAdaptor</b><br>
45060<ul>
45061<li><b>Output</b>: The current simulation time versus the current value converted to a double</li>
45062</ul>
45063<b>ns3::TrafficControlLayer</b><br>
45064<ul>
45065<li><b>TcDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the Traffic Control layer because no queue disc is installed on the device, the device supports flow control and the device queue is stopped</li>
45066</ul>
45067<b>ns3::Txop</b><br>
45068<ul>
45069<li><b>BackoffTrace</b>: Trace source for backoff values</li>
45070<li><b>CwTrace</b>: Trace source for contention window values</li>
45071</ul>
45072<b>ns3::UanMacCw</b><br>
45073<ul>
45074<li><b>Dequeue</b>: A was passed down to the PHY from the MAC.</li>
45075<li><b>Enqueue</b>: A packet arrived at the MAC for transmission.</li>
45076<li><b>RX</b>: A packet was destined for this MAC and was received.</li>
45077</ul>
45078<b>ns3::UanMacRc</b><br>
45079<ul>
45080<li><b>Dequeue</b>: A (data) packet was passed down to PHY from MAC.</li>
45081<li><b>Enqueue</b>: A (data) packet arrived at MAC for transmission.</li>
45082<li><b>RX</b>: A packet was destined for and received at this MAC layer.</li>
45117<li><b>Tx</b>: A new packet is created and sent</li>
45118<li><b>TxWithAddresses</b>: A new packet is created and sent</li>
45119</ul>
45120<b>ns3::UdpEchoClient</b><br>
45121<ul>
45122<li><b>Rx</b>: A packet has been received</li>
45123<li><b>RxWithAddresses</b>: A packet has been received</li>
45124<li><b>Tx</b>: A new packet is created and is sent</li>
45125<li><b>TxWithAddresses</b>: A new packet is created and is sent</li>
45126</ul>
45127<b>ns3::UdpEchoServer</b><br>
45128<ul>
45129<li><b>Rx</b>: A packet has been received</li>
45130<li><b>RxWithAddresses</b>: A packet has been received</li>
45131</ul>
45132<b>ns3::UdpServer</b><br>
45133<ul>
45134<li><b>Rx</b>: A packet has been received</li>
45135<li><b>RxWithAddresses</b>: A packet has been received</li>
45136</ul>
45137<b>ns3::UdpSocketImpl</b><br>
45138<ul>
45139<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop UDP packet due to receive buffer overflow</li>
45140</ul>
45141<b>ns3::UeManager</b><br>
45142<ul>
45143<li><b>DrbCreated</b>: trace fired after DRB is created</li>
45144<li><b>StateTransition</b>: fired upon every UE state transition seen by the UeManager at the eNB RRC</li>
45145</ul>
45146<b>ns3::Uinteger16Probe</b><br>
45147<ul>
45148<li><b>Output</b>: The uint16_t that serves as output for this probe</li>
45149</ul>
45150<b>ns3::Uinteger32Probe</b><br>
45151<ul>
45152<li><b>Output</b>: The uint32_t that serves as output for this probe</li>
45153</ul>
45154<b>ns3::Uinteger8Probe</b><br>
45155<ul>
45156<li><b>Output</b>: The uint8_t that serves as output for this probe</li>
45157</ul>
45158<b>ns3::VirtualNetDevice</b><br>
45159<ul>
45160<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace,</li>
45161<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace,</li>
45162<li><b>MacTx</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has arrived for transmission by this device</li>
45163<li><b>PromiscSniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
45164<li><b>Sniffer</b>: Trace source simulating a non-promiscuous packet sniffer attached to the device</li>
45165</ul>
45166<b>ns3::WaveformGenerator</b><br>
45167<ul>
45168<li><b>TxEnd</b>: Trace fired when a previously started transmission is finished</li>
45169<li><b>TxStart</b>: Trace fired when a new transmission is started</li>
45170</ul>
45171<b>ns3::WifiMac</b><br>
45172<ul>
45173<li><b>AckedMpdu</b>: An MPDU that was successfully acknowledged, via either a Normal Ack or a Block Ack.</li>
45174<li><b>DroppedMpdu</b>: An MPDU that was dropped for the given reason (see WifiMacDropReason).</li>
45175<li><b>IcfDropReason</b>: An ICF is dropped by an EMLSR client for the given reason on the link with the given ID. This trace source is actually fed by the EHT Frame Exchange Manager through the m_icfDropCallback member variable.</li>
45176<li><b>MacPromiscRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a promiscuous trace.</li>
45177<li><b>MacRx</b>: A packet has been received by this device, has been passed up from the physical layer and is being forwarded up the local protocol stack. This is a non-promiscuous trace.</li>
45178<li><b>MacRxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer after it has been passed up from the physical layer.</li>
45179<li><b>MacTx</b>: A packet has been received by the WifiNetDevice and is about to be enqueued; it has a LlcSnapHeader prepended but not yet a WifiMacHeader.</li>
45180<li><b>MacTxDrop</b>: A packet has been dropped in the MAC layer before being queued for transmission. This trace source is fired, e.g., when an AP's MAC receives from the upper layer a packet destined to a station that is not associated with the AP or a STA's MAC receives a packet from the upper layer while it is not associated with any AP.</li>
45181<li><b>MpduResponseTimeout</b>: An MPDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the MPDU. This trace source is fired when a CTS is missing after an RTS, when all CTS frames are missing after an MU-RTS, or when a Normal Ack is missing after an MPDU or after a DL MU PPDU acknowledged in SU format.</li>
45182<li><b>NAckedMpdu</b>: An MPDU that was negatively acknowledged via a Block Ack.</li>
45183<li><b>PsduMapResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU map for which not all the responses were received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason), the set of MAC addresses of the stations that did not respond and the total number of stations that had to respond. This trace source is fired when not all the addressed stations responded to an MU-BAR Trigger frame (either sent as a SU frame or aggregated to PSDUs in the DL MU PPDU), a Basic Trigger Frame or a BSRP Trigger Frame.</li>
45184<li><b>PsduResponseTimeout</b>: A PSDU whose response was not received before the timeout, along with an identifier of the type of timeout (see WifiTxTimer::Reason) and the TXVECTOR used to transmit the PSDU. This trace source is fired when a BlockAck is missing after an A-MPDU, a BlockAckReq (possibly in the context of the acknowledgment of a DL MU PPDU in SU format) or a TB PPDU (in the latter case the missing BlockAck is a Multi-STA BlockAck).</li>
45185</ul>
45186<b>ns3::WifiMacQueue</b><br>
45187<ul>
45188<li><b>Expired</b>: MPDU dropped because its lifetime expired.</li>
45189</ul>
45190<b>ns3::WifiPhy</b><br>
45191<ul>
45192<li><b>MonitorSnifferRx</b>: Trace source simulating a wifi device in monitor mode sniffing all received frames</li>
45193<li><b>MonitorSnifferTx</b>: Trace source simulating the capability of a wifi device in monitor mode to sniff all frames being transmitted</li>
45194<li><b>PhyRxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun being received from the channel medium by the device</li>
45195<li><b>PhyRxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during reception</li>
45196<li><b>PhyRxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely received from the channel medium by the device</li>
45197<li><b>PhyRxMacHeaderEnd</b>: Trace source indicating the MAC header of an MPDU has been completely received.</li>
45198<li><b>PhyRxPayloadBegin</b>: Trace source indicating the reception of the payload of a PPDU has begun</li>
45199<li><b>PhyRxPpduDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a ppdu has been dropped by the device during reception</li>
45200<li><b>PhyTxBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has begun transmitting over the medium; the packet holds a single MPDU even if the MPDU is transmitted within an A-MPDU (in which case this trace fires for each MPDU in the A-MPDU).</li>
45201<li><b>PhyTxDrop</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been dropped by the device during transmission</li>
45202<li><b>PhyTxEnd</b>: Trace source indicating a packet has been completely transmitted over the channel.</li>
45203<li><b>PhyTxPsduBegin</b>: Trace source indicating a PSDU has begun transmitting over the channel medium; this trace returns a WifiConstPsduMap with a single element (in the case of SU PPDU) or multiple elements (in the case of MU PPDU)</li>
45204<li><b>SignalTransmission</b>: Trace start of signal transmission</li>
45205</ul>
45206<b>ns3::WifiPhyStateHelper</b><br>
45207<ul>
45208<li><b>RxError</b>: A packet has been received unsuccessfuly.</li>
45209<li><b>RxOk</b>: A packet has been received successfully.</li>
45210<li><b>RxOutcome</b>: The outcome of the decoding of the PPDU, including MPDU decoding status</li>
45211<li><b>State</b>: The state of the PHY layer</li>
45212<li><b>Tx</b>: Packet transmission is starting.</li>
45213</ul>
45214<b>ns3::WifiRadioEnergyModel</b><br>
45215<ul>
45216<li><b>TotalEnergyConsumption</b>: Total energy consumption of the radio device.</li>
45217</ul>
45218<b>ns3::WifiRemoteStationManager</b><br>
45219<ul>
45220<li><b>MacTxDataFailed</b>: The transmission of a data packet by the MAC layer has failed</li>
45221<li><b>MacTxFinalDataFailed</b>: The transmission of a data packet has exceeded the maximum number of attempts</li>
45222<li><b>MacTxFinalRtsFailed</b>: The transmission of a RTS has exceeded the maximum number of attempts</li>
45223<li><b>MacTxRtsFailed</b>: The transmission of a RTS by the MAC layer has failed</li>
45224</ul>
45225<b>ns3::WimaxMacQueue</b><br>
45226<ul>
45227<li><b>Dequeue</b>: Dequeue trace</li>
45228<li><b>Drop</b>: Drop trace</li>
45229<li><b>Enqueue</b>: Enqueue trace</li>
45230</ul>
45231<b>ns3::WimaxNetDevice</b><br>
45232<ul>
45233<li><b>Rx</b>: Receive trace</li>
45234<li><b>Tx</b>: Transmit trace</li>
45235</ul>
45236<b>ns3::YansWifiPhy</b><br>
45237<ul>
45238<li><b>SignalArrival</b>: Trace start of all signal arrivals, including weak signals</li>
45239</ul>
45240<b>ns3::zigbee::ZigbeeNwk</b><br>
45241<ul>
45242<li><b>RreqRetriesExhausted</b>: Trace source indicating when a node has reached the maximum allowed number of RREQ retries during a route discovery request</li>